En Us t2 2005

COUV-CARNET-TOME2-2005 9/01/06 10:02 Page 1
CORRESPONDENCE TABLE FOR PETROL ENGINES CORRESPONDENCE TABLE FOR DIESEL ENGINES
TU ET TU EW DV DW
1 3 5 7 10 4 6 8 10
Engine Engine
families JP J4 JP + JP4 J4 A J4 J4S families TD TED4 ATED4 B TD ATED BTED4
1.1i 1.4i 1.4i 16V 1.6i 1.6i 16V 1.8i 16V 2.0i 2.0i 16V 2.0 16V
1.4 HDi 1.6 16V HDi 1.9D 2.0 HDi
HDi
Engine types HFX KFW KFU NFV NFU 6FZ RFJ RFN RFK Engine types 8HX 8HZ 9HY 9HZ 9HX WJY RHY RHZ RHR
C4 X X X X X C4 X X X X
XSARA X X X XSARA X X X X X
XSARA X X X XSARA
PICASSO PICASSO X X X
BERLINGO X X X BERLINGO X X X
VERY IMPORTANT
As the booklet is constantly re-edited, this one only covers vehicles for this
particular model year.
It is therefore necessary to order a new booklet each year and RETAIN THE
OLD ONES.
COUV-CARNET-TOME2-2005 9/01/06 10:02 Page 2
PRIVATE CARS
PRIVATE CARS
2005
C4-XSARA-XSARA PICASSO
BERLINGO
«The technical information contained in this document is intended for the exclusive use of the trained person-
nel of the motor vehicle repair trade. In some instances, this information could concern the security and safe-
ty of the vehicle. The information is to be used by the professional vehicle repairers for whom it is intended
and they alone would assume full responsibility to the exclusion of that of the manufacturer».
«The technical information appearing in this brochure is subject to updating as the characteristics of each
model in the range evolve. Motor vehicle repairers are invited to contact the CITROËN network periodically for
further information and to obtain any possible updates».
AC/QCAV/MTD 쏘 «The intellectual property rights relating to the technical information contained in this document belong
Méthodes techniques documentation exclusively to the manufacturer. Reproduction, translation or distribution in whole or in part without prior
written authorisation from the manufacturer is forbidden».
2005 CAR 000 000
Volume 2
Angl-t2-Index-2005 9/01/06 10:05 Page I
PRESENTATION
THIS HANDBOOK summarises the specifications, adjustments, checks and special features of CITROËN private vehicles, not including UTILITY vehicles for which there exists a separate
handbook.
The handbook is divided into groups representing the main functions:
GENERAL - ENGINE - INJECTION - IGNITION - CLUTCH, GEARBOX, DRIVESHAFTS - AXLES, SUSPENSION, STEERING - BRAKES - AIR CONDITIONING.
In each section, the vehicles are dealt with in the following order: C4 - XSARA - XSARA PICASSO - BERLINGO and all models where applicable.
The information given in this handbook is based on vehicles marketed in EUROPE.

Angl-t2-Index-2005 9/01/06 10:05 Page II
IMPORTANT
If you find that this handbook does not always meet your requirements, we invite you to send us your suggestions which we will take into account when preparing future publications.
For example:
- INSUFFICIENT INFORMATION
- SUPERFLUOUS INFORMATION
- NEED FOR MORE DETAILS
Please send your comments and suggestions to:
CITROEN U.K. Ltd.

221, Bath Road,
SLOUGH,
SL1 4BA.
U.K.
Angl-t2-Index-2005 9/01/06 10:05 Page III
CONTENTS
GENERAL INJECTION Checking the turbo pressure:
295
C4 1-2 Checking the low pressure fuel supply Xsara picasso (DW10ATED)
circuit: Xsara (DV4TD) 283 Checking the air supply circuit: Xsara (DV4TD) 296
Vehicle XSARA 3-4
identification XSARA PICASSO 5-6 Checking the low pressure fuel supply Checking the air supply circuit: C4 (DV6ATED4) 297
284
BERLINGO 7-8 circuit: C4 (DV6TED4/ATED4) Checking the air supply circuit: C4 (DV6TED4) 298
Operations following a repair: C4 9 Checking the low pressure fuel supply Checking the air supply circuit: C4 (DW10BTED4) 299 - 300
285
C4 11 - 12 circuit: Xsara Picasso (DV6TED4) Checking the air supply circuit:
301
XSARA 13 - 14 Checking the low pressure fuel supply Xsara picasso (DW10TD/ATED)
Capacities 286
circuit: C4 (DW10BTED4) Checking the exhaust gas recycling circuit:
XSARA PICASSO 15 302
Checking the low pressure fuel supply Xsara (DV4TD)
BERLINGO 16 287
circuit: Xsara (DW10TD) Checking the exhaust gas recycling circuit:
Lubricants 17 - 39 303
Checking the low pressure fuel supply Xsara picasso (DV6TED4)
ENGINE 288 - 289
circuit: Xsara Picasso (DW10TD/ATED) Checking the exhaust gas recycling circuit:
Specifications 40 - 41 Checking the turbo pressure: Xsara (DV4TD) 304
290 Xsara picasso (DW10TD/ATED)
Tightening torques: engines all types 42 - 147 Checking the turbo pressure:
Cylinder head tightening: all types 148 - 150 291 IGNITION
C4 (DV6TED4/ATED4)
Auxiliary drive belt 152 - 153 Checking the turbo pressure: Sparking plugs 305
Checking and setting the valve timing 181 - 182 292
Xsara Picasso (DV6TED4) CLUTCH - GEARBOX - TRANSMISSION
C4 279 Checking the turbo pressure:
Checking the oil 293 C4 307 - 308
XSARA 280 C4 (DW10BTED4) Clutch
pressure Xsara 309 - 310
XSARA PICASSO 281 Checking the turbo pressure: specifications
294 Xsara picasso 311
Valve clearances 282 Xsara picasso (DW10TD)
Angl-t2-Index-2005 9/01/06 10:05 Page IV
CONTENTS
CLUTCH - GEARBOX - TRANSMISSION (continued) Tightening torques: front axle 380 Adjusting the handbrake 426
Gearbox specifications 312 - 314 Tightening torques: rear axle 382 Filling, bleeding the brakes 427
Clutch specifications 315 - 316 Tightening torques: steering 383 - 384 AIR CONDITIONING
Checking and adjusting the hydraulic Tightening torques: power steering 385 - 387 R134.a: quantities 428
317 - 318
clutch control Axle geometry: Xsara Picasso 388 - 392 Checking the compressor lubricant 429 - 430
Tightening torques: manual gearbox 319 - 330 Tightening torques: front axle 393 Pollen filter: all types 431 - 433
Manual gearbox controls 331 - 343 Tightening torques: rear axle 394 Filtering and drying cartridge 434 - 436
Recommendations - precautions: Tightening torques: power steering 395 - 397 Checking the efficiency of the circuit 437 - 446
344 - 346
automatic gearbox
BRAKES C4 447 - 451
Tightening torques: manual gearbox 347 - 349
Aircon circuit Xsara 452
Automatic gearbox controls 350 - 359 Brake specifications: C4 398 - 399
Xsara picasso 453 - 456
Driveshafts 360 Tightening torques: Brakes 401 - 403
AXLES - SUSPENSION - STEERING Adjusting the handbrake 405
Filling, bleeding the brakes 406 - 410
Axle geometry: C4 361 - 364
Brake specifications: Xsara 411
Tightening torques: front axle 365 - 366
Tightening torques 414
Tightening torques: rear axle 367
Brake specifications 415 - 418
Tightening torques: power steering 368 - 369
Adjusting the handbrake 419
Setting the steering rack mid-point 370
Checking the power steering pressure 371 - 374 Filling, bleeding the brakes 420
Axle geometry: Xsara 375 - 379 Brake specifications: Xsara Picasso 421 - 422
Brake specifications 423 - 424
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 1
IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE C4
A - Manufacturer's name plate

A1 - Front RH chassis member = All versions except
CITROËN C4 Coupé EW10J4S (right hand drive).
A2 - LH centre pillar = CITROËN C4 coupé EW10J4S
(right hand drive).
B - Cold stamp
(cold stamp engraved on the bodywork).
GENERAL
C - AS/RP No. and RP paint code
(on the front pillar on driver's side).
D - Tyre pressures and tyre type

(on the front pillar on driver's side).
E - Serial number on bodywork.
F - Gearbox ident. reference - Factory serial no.
G - Engine legislation type - Factory serial no.
E1AP0EWD
1
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 2
C4 IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE

Type approval
Structure Version (4)
L Family (1) Depollution levels
A Bodywork (2) L3 L4 L5 US Others K Alcohol
LA KFUC KFU Engine (3) W3 83/87 K' L3/L4 L5
C Version (4) Manual 5-speed gearbox A B C P V 5 8 1
/IF Variant (5) Manual 4-speed gearbox E F R W 6 9 2
Family (1) Manual 6-speed gearbox G H S X 3
L C4 Automatic 6-speed gearbox D J N U
Body shape (2) Axle and/or gearbox gears K L T Y 7 0 4
GENERAL
A 3-door saloon Other possible combinations M

C 5-door saloon No gearbox Z
3-door saloon not
G convertible from van
5-door saloon not
R convertible from van
Engine (3) Variants (5)
KFU 1.4i 16V ET3J4 Entreprise convertible T
NFU 1.6i 16V TU5JP4 Integral alternator-starter (ADIN) AD
RFJ EW10A Without FAP SF
RFN 2.0i 16V EW10J4 Fiscal incentives IF
RFK EW10J4S Piloted manual gearbox P
9HY Downgraded depollution D
9HZ 1.6 16V HDi DV6TED4 LPG dual fuel GL
9HX DV6ATED4 CNG dual fuel GN
RHR 2.0 16V HDi DW10BTED4 STT2 (Stop and start) S
2
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 3
IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE XSARA
A - Manufacturer's name plate (estate).
B - Chassis stamp, cold stamp.
C - Manufacturer's name plate (saloon).
GENERAL
D - Label:
(label affixed to the front pillar on driver's side)
- Tyre pressures.
- RP organisation no.
- Paint code.
E - Serial number (visible through the windscreen).
F - Engine legislation type - Factory serial no.
G - Gearbox ident. reference - Factory serial no.
E1AP08WD
3
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 4
XSARA IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE

Type approval
N Family (1) Depollution levels
2 Bodywork (2) 15.04 Spécif US 93/59 96/69 98/69A 98/69B Alcohol
RFN Engine (3) K ≠ CEE L/W2 L3/W3 L4 L5 L3/L4
N2 RFN1/IF
1 Version (4) Manual 4-speed gearbox V
/IF Variant (5) Manual 5-speed gearbox G H E F B 1 K
Family (1) Manual 6-speed gearbox
N XSARA Automatic 3-speed gearbox T D L 2
GENERAL
Body shape (2) Automatic 4-speed gearbox U R M N 3 4

2 Estate Axle and/or gearbox gears W S J C P 9
Manual 5-speed gearbox X Y A 5
Mercosur/Iran
No gearbox Z
KFW 1.4i TU3JP Entreprise convertible T
NFU 1.6i 16V TU5JP4 Integral alternator-starter (ADIN) AD
RFN 2.0i 16V EW10J4 Without FAP SF
8HZ 1.4 HDi DV4TD Fiscal incentives IF
8HY 1.4 16V HDi DV4TED4 Piloted manual gearbox P
D (car or van not
WJY 1.9D DW8B Downgraded depollution TD (van convertible)
convertible)
RHY DW10TD LPG dual fuel GPL (cylindrical tank) GL (ring-shaped tank)
2.0 HDi
RHZ DW10ATED STT2 (stop and start) S
4
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 5
IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE XSARA PICASSO
A - Chassis stamp
(cold stamp on bodywork).
B - Chassis no. reminder
(label located at bottom of windscreen right hand side).
C - Manufacturer's data plate
(located at bottom of RH central pillar).
D - Label:
GENERAL
(located on front LH door inner panel)
- Tyre pressures.
- Tyre identification.
- Spare wheel identification.
E - Label:
(located on fuse box cover)
- Factory code.
- A-S / RP N°.
- Paint code.
F - Gearbox identification ref.
G - Engine legislation type - Factory serial number.
E1AP088D
5
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 6
XSARA PICASSO IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE

Type approval
C Family (1) Depollution levels
H Bodywork (2) L3 L4 L5 US Others K Alcohol
CH 6FZC/IF 6FZ Engine (3) W3 83/87 K' L3/L4 L5
GENERAL
C XSARA PICASSO Automatic 6-speed gearbox D J N U

H Monoshell Other possible combinations M
No gearbox Z
NFV 1.6i TU5JP Entreprise convertible T
6FZ 1.8i 16V EW7J4 Integral alternator-starter (ADIN) AD
RFN 2.0i 16V EW10J4 Without FAP SF
9HZ Fiscal incentives IF
1.6 16V HDi DV6TED4
9HY Piloted manual gearbox P
D (car or van not
RHY 2.0 HDi DW10TD Downgraded depollution TD (van convertible)
convertible)
LPG dual fuel GPL (cylindrical tank) GL (ring-shaped tank)
STT2 (stop and start) S
6
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 7
IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE BERLINGO
A - Chassis stamp, cold stamp.
B - Manufacturer's vehicle plate.
C - Label
- RPO No.
- Paint colour code.
GENERAL
- Tyre pressures.
D - Gearbox ident. reference - Factory serial no.
E - Engine legislation type - Factory serial no.
E1AP0AMD
7
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 8
BERLINGO IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE

Type approval
G Family (1) Depollution levels
J Bodywork (2) L3 L4 US Others K Alcohol
Euro IV
GJ NFUC/IF NFU Engine (3) W3 83/87 K' L3/L4 Euro IV
GENERAL
Automatic 6-speed gearbox D J N U

Other possible combinations M
No gearbox Z
KFW 1.4i TU3JP 2 sliding side doors standard for 800 Kg WJY PLC Van Turkey TR
NFU 1.6i 16V TU5JP4 Multi-function roof standard for Car WJY PMF Van Spain ES
WJY 1.9D DW8B Without FAP SF Car/Van 5-seater PL
RHY 2.0 HDi DW10TD Fiscal incentives IF
4x4 DANGEL DGL
Downgraded depollution D
Bi-carburation GPL GL
Bi-carburation GNV GN
STT2 (stop and stard) S
8
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 9
OPERATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT AFTER A REPAIR C4

IMPERATIVE: All these operations are to be performed following a reconnection of the battery.
Antiscanning function.
It is necessary to wait 1 minute after the battery has been disconnected in order to be able to start the vehicle.
Electric windows.
It may be necessary to re-initialise the sequential and anti-pinch functions.
NOTE: If the window is open at the time the battery is reconnected, action the window switch several times to close it, then re-initialise.
Open the window fully.
Action and release the window switch until the window is completely closed.
GENERAL
NOTE: This operation has to be carried out on each electric window.
Multifunction screen.
It is necessary to adjust the date, time and outside temperature.
Reconfigure the personalisation menu of the multifunction screen.
Radio.
Reprogramme the radio stations.
Telematic unit (radiotelephone RT3).
Reprogramme the radio stations.
Warning: the vehicle has to be in the open air (on switching on the ignition, the ECU searches for satellites).
Reprogramme the customer parameters.
9
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 10
CAPACITIES (in litres)

Draining methods
Oil capacities are defined according to the following methods
Draining of the engine lubrication system by GRAVITY Draining of the engine lubrication system by SUCTION
Place the vehicle on horizontal ground (in the high position if
Place the vehicle on horizontal ground (in the high position if
hydropneumatic suspension).
hydropneumatic suspension).
The engine should be hot (oil temperature 80°C).
The engine should be hot (oil temperature 80°C).
Remove the oil by suction through the dipstick tube.
GENERAL
Drain the sump by gravity.

Remove the oil filter cartridge.
Remove the oil filter cartridge (time for draining and drip-drip = 15
minutes approx.). Maintain the suction of oil in the sump (15 minutes approx.).
Refit the cap with a new seal. Refit a new oil filter cartridge.
Refit a new oil filter cartridge. Refill the engine with oil (see table for oil capacity).
Refill the engine with oil (see table for oil capacity). Start the engine to fill the oil filter cartridge.
Start the engine to fill the oil filter cartridge. Stop the engine (allow to stabilise for 5 minutes).
Stop the engine (allow to stabilise for 5 minutes).

WARNING: Remove the suction container before starting the engine.
ESSENTIAL: Systematically check the oil level using the oil dipstick.
10
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 11
CAPACITIES (in litres) C4

Petrol
1.4i 16V 1.6i 16V 2.0i 16V 2.0i 2.0i 16V
AUTO. AUTO.
Engine type KFU NFU RFN RFJ RFK
Oil capacity with change
of cartridge 3,75 3,25 4,25 5 5,5
Between Min. and Max. 1,2 1,5 1,7 1,7 1,5
Manual gearbox 2 ± 0,15 2 2
GENERAL
Automatic gearbox (1) (1)
After draining
Braking circuit With ESP = 0,85 Without ESP = 0,75
Cooling circuit
Manual gearbox 5,8 6,2 6,2 (2) - 6,6 (3) 6,2 (2) - 6,6 (3) 6,6
Automatic gearbox 6,7 6,8 (2) - 6,9 (3)
Steering electro-pump
0,85
reservoir
Fuel tank 60
IMPERATIVE: Systematically check the oil level using the oil dipstick.
(1) = The gearbox is lubricated for life (as a guide, the TOTAL capacity is 5.85 litres after draining 3 litres).
(2) = Temperature 37°C. (3) = Temperature 45°C.
11
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 12
C4 CAPACITIES (in litres)

Diesel
1.6 HDi 16V 2.0 HDi 16V
Engine type 9HX 9HY 9HZ RHR

Oil capacity with change
3,75 5,25
of cartridge
GENERAL
Between Min. and Max. 1,55 1,9

Manual gearbox 2 2,7
Braking circuit With ESP = 0,85 Without ESP = 0,75
Cooling circuit 6,5 8,1
Additive reservoir 2,5 2,5
Steering electro-pump
0,85
reservoir
Fuel tank 60
NOTE: (*) = Version with additional heating.

IMPERATIVE: Systematically check the oil level using the oil dipstick.
12
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 13
CAPACITIES (in litres) XSARA

Petrol
1.4i 1.6i 16V 2.0i 16V
AUTO. AUTO.
Engine type KFW NFU RFN

Engine with filter element 3 3,25 4,25
GENERAL
Between Min. and Max. 1,5 1,5 1,7
5-speed gearbox 2 1,9
Automatic gearbox 6 6
After draining 3 3
Hydraulic or brake circuit With ABS = 0,50 Without ABS = 0,55
Cooling circuit 7
6,5
6,5 (1)
Fuel tank 54
13
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 14
XSARA CAPACITIES (in litres)

Diesel
1.4 HDi 1.4 16V HDi 1.9D 2.0 HDi
➔ RPO RPO ➔ RPO RPO AUTO.

9884 9885 ➔ 9884 9885 ➔ (1) (2)
Engine type 8HX 8HZ 8HX 8HZ 8HY WJY WJY RHY RHZ
Engine with filter element 3,75 4,5 3,75 4,5
GENERAL
Between Min. and Max. 1,8 1,5 1,8 1,5 1,2 1,8 1,4
Automatic gearbox 8,3
After draining 5,3
Hydraulic or brake circuit With ABS = 0,50 Without ABS = 0,55
Cooling circuit 5,7 9 8,5
Fuel tank 54
(1) =➔ RPO 9337 (manual dipstick with two twists).

(2) = RPO 9338 ➔ (manual dipstick without twists but with a sphere).
14
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 15
CAPACITIES (in litres) XSARA PICASSO

Petrol Diesel
1.6i 1.8i 16 V 2.0i 16V 1.6 16V HDi 2.0 HDi

AUTO.
Engine type NFV 6FZ RFN 9HZ 9HY RHY

Engine with filter element filtrante 3 4,25 3,75 4,5
Between Min. and Max. 1,5 1,7 1,55 (3) 1,4
GENERAL
5-speed gearbox 1,8 1,8
Automatic gearbox 6
After draining 3
Hydraulic or brake circuit 0,58 litres
Cooling circuit 5,8 (1) and (2) 6,5 (1) and (2) 11 11 (1) and (2)
Fuel tank capacity 55 60
(1) = With air conditioning.

(2) = Without air conditioning.
(3) = RPO 9884 ➔ = Restyled XSARA PICASSO.
15
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 16
BERLINGO CAPACITIES (in litres)

Petrol Diesel
1.1i 1.4i 1.6i 16V 1.4i 16V HDi 2.0 HDi

1.9 D
(1)
Engine type HFX KFW NFU 9HX WJY RHY

GENERAL
Engine with filter element 3 3,25 3,75 4,5

Between Min. and Max. 1,5 1,55 1,2 1,4
Hydraulic or brake circuit With ABS = 0,45 - Without ABS = 0,36
Cooling circuit 8 9
Fuel tank capacity 55 60
(1) = Manual dipstick without twists but with a sphere.

16
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 17
LUBRICANTS - TOTAL recommended oils

EVOLUTIONS (YEAR 2004). New Look CITROËN C5
CITROËN C4 Petrol engine versions:
Normal maintenance interval: 30 000 km (20 000 miles).
Petrol engine versions except 2.0 i 16V 180 hp (132 kW):
Severe maintenance interval: 20 000 km (12 000 miles).
Severe maintenance interval: 20 000 km (12 000 miles). Diesel engine versions:
Petrol engine version 2.0L i 16V 180 hp (132 kW): WARNING: Vehicles HDi FAP (*) do not accept the energy economy
Normal maintenance interval: 20 000 km (12 500 miles). oil TOTAL ACTIVA FUTUR 9000 5W30 for France, TOTAL QUARTZ
FUTURE 9000 5W30 outside France.
GENERAL
Diesel engine versions: DV6 engines:
WARNING: Vehicles HDi FAP (*) do not accept the energy economy Normal maintenance interval: 20 000 km (12 500 miles).
oil TOTAL ACTIVA FUTUR 9000 5W30 for France, TOTAL QUARTZ Severe maintenance interval: 15 000 km (10 000 miles).
FUTURE 9000 5W30 outside France . DW engines :
DV6 engines: Normal maintenance interval: 30 000 km (20 000 miles).
Normal maintenance interval: 20 000 km (12 500 miles). Severe maintenance interval: 20 000 km (12 000 miles).
Severe maintenance interval: 15 000 km (10 000 miles). ESSENTIAL: For all vehicles with a 30 000 km (20 000 miles) main-
tenance interval, use exclusively TOTAL ACTIVA/QUARTZ 7000 or
DW engines:
9000 or any other oils offering identical specifications to these.
These oils offer specifications that are superior to those defined by
norms ACEA A3 OR API SJ/CF.
Failing this, it is essential to adhere to the maintenance programmes
covering severe operating conditions.
17
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 18

Use of oil grade 10W40. S.A.E. Norms - Table for selection of engine oil grade.
It is possible to use the semi-synthetic oil 7000 10W40 on HDi and HDi Selection of engine oil grades recommended for climatic conditions in
FAP vehicles. countries of distribution (see table, paragraph 3.3).
Evolution of the norms to 01/01/2003.
WARNING: To avoid difficulties when starting from cold (< 20°C), use ACEA 2003 norms.
5W40 oil. The meaning of the first letter has not changed, it still corresponds
For more details, see the oil usage table (paragraph 3.3). to the type of engine:
Commercial description for energy economy oil. A: petrol and dual fuel petrol / LPG engines.
TOTAL ACTIVA FUTUR 9000 5W30 (France only). B: diesel engines.
TOTAL QUARTZ FUTUR 9000 5W30 (except France).
GENERAL
The figure following the first letter corresponds to the type of oil:
The exclusions for use of this oil are the following: 3: high performance oils.
- XSARA VTS 2.0 16V (XU10J4RS). 4: oils specifically for direct injection diesel engines.
- JUMPER/RELAY 2.8 HDi and 2.8 TDi (SOFIM engine). 5: very high performance oils permitting lower fuel consumption, specific to
- HDi FAP vehicles. direct injection diesel engines.
- CITROËN C3 HDi 16V (DV4TED4).
- CITROËN C8 2.2i (EW12J4). Example:
- CITROËN C4 and C5 2.0i (EW10A). - ACEA A3: high performance oils specifically for petrol and dual fuel petrol/
- CITROËN C4 (EW10J4S). LPG engines.
- ACEA A/B: blended oils giving very high performance for all engines, also
Engine oil norms. permitting better fuel economy, specifically for direct injection diesel engines.
Current norms.
The classification of these engine oils is established by the following NOTE: From 01/01/2003 there is no longer any reference to the year of
recognised organisations: creation of the norm (example : ACEA A3/B3 98 becomes ACEA A3/B3).
- S.A.E : Society of Automotive Engineers.
- API : American Petroleum Institute.
- ACEA : Association des Constructeurs Européens d'Automobiles.
18
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 19

API Norms: WARNING: CITROËN engines prior to model year 2000 do not have
The meaning of the first letter has not changed, it still corresponds to the to be lubricated with oils adhering to the norms:
type of engine: - ACEA AI-98 and API SJ/CF EC or current norms ACEA A5/B5.
S: petrol and dual fuel petrol / LPG engines.
C: diesel engines. Denomination of TOTAL oils according to country of marketing:
The second letter corresponds to the degree of evolution of the oil - TOTAL ACTIVA (France only).
(ascending order). - TOTAL QUARTZ (outside France).
Example: Norm SL is more severe than norm SJ, corresponding to
Summary.
a higher level of performance.
Norms to be respected for engine oils (year 2004).
Recommendations.
GENERAL
ESSENTIAL: To preserve engine performances, all engines fitted in Year Engine types concerned ACEA API
CITROËN vehicles must be lubricated with high quality oils (synthetic Norms Norms
or semi-synthetic). A3 or A5
CITROËN engines are lubricated at the factory with TOTAL oil of grade Petrol and LPG dual fuel engines SJ or SL
(*)
S.A.E 5W-30. 2003
TOTAL oil of grade S.A.E 5W-30 allows improved fuel economies B3, B4
Diesel engines CF
(approx 2.5%). or B5 (*)
The oil 5W30 is used only for the following engines (year 2004):
- XU10 J4RS : XSARA VTS 2.0i 16V (3-door).
- SOFIM : JUMPER / RELAY 2.8 TDi and 2.8 HDi. (*) It is essential not to use engine oils respecting these norms for
- HDi : With particle filter (FAP). XU10J4RS, SOFIM 2.8 TDi and SOFIM 2.8 HDi engines, HDi engines
- DV4 TED4 : CITROËN C3 1.4 16V HDi. with particle filter EW10A, EW12J4, DV4TED4.
- EW 12J4 : CITROËN C8 2.2i.
- EW 10A : CITROËN C4 and C5 2.0i.
- EW10J4S engine : CITROËN C4.
19
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 20

Classes and grades of TOTAL recommended engine oils.
The oils distributed in each country are suited to the local climatic
conditions.
Blended oils for all engines (petrol, diesel and dual fuel
petrol/LPG): Oils specifically for diesel engines:
S.A.E. ACEA API S.A.E. ACEA API
norms norms norms norms norms norms
TOTAL ACTIVA 9000 A3/B3/ TOTAL ACTIVA DIESEL 7000
5W40 10W40
TOTAL QUARTZ 9000 B4 TOTAL QUARTZ DIESEL 7000 B3 CF
GENERAL
TOTAL ACTIVA FUTUR 9000 (*) SL/CF TOTAL ACTIVA DIESEL 7000 15W50
5W30 A5/B5
TOTAL QUARTZ FUTUR 9000 (*)
TOTAL ACTIVRAC 10W40 A3/B3
(*) Blended oils for all engines giving fuel economy.
Oils for petrol, diesel and dual fuel petrol/LPG engines:
S.A.E. ACEA API
norms norms norms
TOTAL ACTIVA 7000
10W40
TOTAL QUARTZ 7000
TOTAL QUARTZ 9000 0W40 A3 SL
TOTAL ACTIVA 7000
15W50
TOTAL QUARTZ 7000
20
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 21

Oil usage table
TOTAL ACTIVA QUARTZ

Synthetic 9000 Semi-synthetic 7000
Engine types
0W40 5W30 5W40 10W40 15W50
Hot countries
Temperate countries
Cold countries
GENERAL
EW10J4S (CITROËN C4) X X
EW12J4 (CITROËN C8 2.2i 16V) X X X X
Petrol engines
EW10A (CITROËN C4 and C5) X X X X
Others petrol engines X X X X X
HDi engines with FAP (*) X X X (*) X
Others HDi engines X X X X X
Diesel engines SOFIM 2.8 HDi and 2.8 TDi (RELAY) X X X
DV4 TED4 (C3 1.6 16V HDi) X X X X
Indirect injection diesel engines X X X X
(*) Do not use this oil in cold climatic conditions (temperature less than - 20°C).
See the table below for the choice of TOTAL engine oil grades to be used according to the climatic conditions in the country of marketing.
21
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 22

GENERAL
E4AP006D
22
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 23

ENGINE OILS
FRANCE
Blended oils for all engines, supplied in bulk
Metropolitan FRANCE TOTAL ACTIVRAC Norms S.A.E: 10W40
TOTAL ACTIVA TOTAL ACTIVA DIESEL
Oils specifically for petrol and Oils specifically for diesel

Blended oils for all engines
dual-fuel petrol / LPG engines engines
GENERAL
9000 5W40 7000 10W40
Metropolitan FRANCE 7000 10W40
FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*) 9000 5W40
New Caledonia
Guadeloupe
Saint martin
Reunion 7000 15W50 7000 15W50
9000 5W40
Martinique 7000 10W40 7000 10W50
Guyana
Tahiti
Mauritius
Mayotte
(*) Blended oils for all engines, giving fuel economy.
23
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 24

ENGINE OILS
EUROPE TOTAL QUARTZ TOTAL QUARTZ DIESEL

7000 10W40
Germany
9000 0W40
GENERAL
Austria 7000 10W40
7000 10W40
Belgium
9000 0W40
9000 5W40 7000 10W40
Bosnia FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*) 9000 0W40 7000 10W40
Bulgaria 7000 10W40
7000 10W40
Cyprus
9000 15W40
Croatia 7000 10W40
24
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 25

ENGINE OILS

7000 10W40
Denmark 9000 0W40
7000 10W40
GENERAL
Spain 7000 15W40
Estonia
7000 10W40
9000 0W40
Finland 9000 5W40
FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*) 7000 10W40
Great Britain 7000 10W40
Greece 7000 10W40

7000 15W40
Holland 7000 10W40
9000 0W40
25
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 26

ENGINE OILS

7000 10W40
Hungary
9000 0W40
GENERAL
Italy
Ireland
7000 10W40
Iceland 9000 5W40

FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*) 7000 10W40
Latvia
7000 10W40
Lithuania 9000 0W40
Macedonia 7000 10W40
26
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 27

ENGINE OILS

7000 10W40
Malta
7000 15W50
GENERAL
Moldavia 7000 10W40
Norway 7000 10W40

9000 0W40
9000 5W40
Poland 7000 10W40
FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*)
Portugal 7000 10W40
Slovakia
Czech Republic 7000 10W40

9000 0W40
27
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 28

ENGINE OILS

7000 10W40
Romania 7000 15W50
9000 0W40
GENERAL
Russia
7000 10W40
Slovenia 9000 0W40
9000 5W40
7000 10W40
FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*)
Sweden
Switzerland 7000 10W40
7000 10W40
Turkey 9000 15W50
9000 0W40
28
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 29

ENGINE OILS

Ukraine
9000 5W40 7000 10W40
7000 10W40
GENERAL
FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*) 9000 0W40
Serbia-Montenegro
29
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 30

ENGINE OILS
OCEANIA TOTAL QUARTZ TOTAL QUARTZ DIESEL

Australia 9000 5W40

7000 10W40 7000 10W40
New Zealand FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*)
GENERAL
AFRICA TOTAL QUARTZ TOTAL QUARTZ DIESEL

Algeria, South Africa,

Ivory Coast, Egypt,
Gabon, Ghana, Kenya, 7000 10W40
9000 5W40 7000 10W40
7000 15W50
Madagascar, Morocco,
Nigeria, Senegal, Tunisia

30
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 31

ENGINE OILS
CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA TOTAL QUARTZ TOTAL QUARTZ DIESEL

Argentina
GENERAL
Brazil
Chile
7000 10W40
Cuba 9000 5W40 7000 15W50 7000 10W40
Mexico
Paraguay
Uruguay
31
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 32

ENGINE OILS
SOUTH-EAST ASIA TOTAL QUARTZ TOTAL QUARTZ DIESEL

7000 10W50
China 7000 15W50
GENERAL
9000 5W40
South Korea 7000 10W40
FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*)
Hong Kong
7000 15W50
India - Indonesia 9000 5W40 7000 10W40
Japan 9000 5W40 7000 10W40

FUTUR 9000 5W30 (*) 7000 15W50
Malaysia
9000 5W40 7000 15W50
Pakistan
32
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 33

ENGINE OILS
SOUTH-EAST ASIA TOTAL QUARTZ TOTAL QUARTZ DIESEL

Philippines
7000 15W50
GENERAL
Singapore
7000 10W40
Taiwan 9000 5W40 7000 10W40
7000 15W50
Thailand
7000 15W50
Vietnam
33
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 34

ENGINE OILS
MIDDLE EAST TOTAL QUARTZ TOTAL QUARTZ DIESEL

Saudi Arabia - Bahrain

Dubai 7000 15W50
GENERAL
United Arab Emirates
9000 5W40 7000 10W40 7000 10W40

Iran
7000 15W50
Israel - Jordan - Kuwait - Lebanon

7000 15W50
Oman - Qatar - Syria - Yemen
34
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 35

GEARBOX OILS
TOTAL TRANSMISSION BV
Manual and piloted manual
Norms S.A.E: 75W80
gearboxes
Part No.: 9730 A2
TOTAL FLUIDE ATX

TOTAL FLUIDE AT 42
MB3 automatic gearbox Special oil distributed by
GENERAL
CITROËN
Part No.: 9730 A6
All countries
Special oil distributed by
4HP20 and AL4 autoactive
CITROËN
automatic gearboxes
Part No.: 9736 22
Special oil distributed by

AM6 autoactive automatic gearbox CITROËN
Part No.: 9980 D4
TOTAL TRANSMISSION X4
Transfer box and rear axle
Part No.: 9730 A7
35
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 36

POWER STEERING OILS
Power steering all vehicles
TOTAL FLUIDE ATX
(except CITROËN C4 and C5)
All countries TOTAL FLUIDE LDS
Power steering
Special oil distributed by CITROËN
C4 and C5
Part No.: 9979 A3
TOTAL FLUIDE DA
Very cold countries
GENERAL
Power steering Special oil distributed by CITROËN

Part No.: 9730 A1
ENGINE COOLANT FLUID
CITROËN Part No.

Packs
GLYSANTIN G33 REVKOGEL 2000
2 Litres 9979 70 9979 72
5 Litres 9979 71 9979 73

CITROËN fluid
All countries
Protection: -35C° 20 Litres 9979 76 9979 74
210 Litres 9979 77 9979 75
36
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 37

BRAKE FLUID
Synthetic brake fluid
Packs CITROËN Part No.

0,5 Litre 9979 05
All countries CITROËN fluid 1 Litre 9979 06
5 Litres 9979 07
GENERAL
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All countries Norm Packs CITROËN Part No.
TOTAL FLUIDE LDS Orange 9979 A3
TOTAL LHM PLUS 9979 A1
Colour 1 Litre
TOTAL LHM PLUS Green
9979 A2
Very cold countries
WARNING: TOTAL FLUIDE LDS fluid cannot be blended with TOTAL LHM PLUS.
WARNING: CITROËN C5: Use exclusively TOTAL FLUIDE LDS suspension fluid.
All countries TOTAL HYDRAURINCAGE
37
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 38

SCREEN WASH FLUID
Packs CITROËN Part No.
Concentrated: 250 ml 9980 33 ZC 9875 953U 9980 56
All countries 1 Litre 9980 06 ZC 9875 784U

Fluid ready
to use
GENERAL
5 Litres 9980 05 ZC 9885 077U ZC 9875 279U
GREASING
General use
Norms NLGI
TOTAL MULTIS 2 2
All countries
TOTAL SMALL MECHANISMS
Note: NLGI = National Lubrificating Grease Institude.
38
Angl.-t2-page001-39-2005 9/01/06 10:07 Page 39
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
I - Oil consumption depends on:

- the engine type.
- how run-in or worn it is.
- the type of oil used.
- the driving conditions.
II - An engine can be considered RUN-IN after:
GENERAL
- 3,000 miles (5,000 km) for a PETROL engine.
- 6,000 miles (10,000 km) for a DIESEL engine.
III - MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE oil consumption for a RUN-IN engine:

- 0.5 litres per 600 miles (1,000 km) for a PETROL engine.
- 1 litre per 600 miles (1,000 km) for a DIESEL engine.
DO NOT INTERVENE BELOW THESE VALUES.
IV - OIL LEVEL: The level should NEVER be above the MAX. mark on the dipstick after changing or topping up the oil:
- This excess oil will be used up rapidly.
- It will reduce the engine output and adversely affect the operation of the air circuits and gas recycling.
39
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 40
ENGINE
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Petrol engines
All Types
TU1JP TU3JP ET3J4 TU5JP+ TU5JP4 EW7J4 EW10A EW10J4 EW10J4S
Engine type HFX KFW KFU NFV NFU 6FZ RFJ RFN RFK
Cubic capacity (cc) 1124 1360 1587 1749 1997
Bore/stroke 72/69 75/77 78,5/82 82,7/81,4 85/88
Compression ratio 10,5/1 11/1 10,5/1 11/1 10,8/1 11/1 10,8/1 11/1
Power ISO or EEC (KW - rpm) 44,1-5500 55-5500 65-5250 70-5700 80-5800 85-5500 103-6000 100-6000 13-7000
Torque ISO or EEC (m.daN - rpm) 94-3500 12-2800 13,3-4250 13,5-3000 14,7-4000 16-4000 20-4000 19-4100 20,2-4750
40
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 41
ENGINE
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Diesel engines
All Types
DV6 DW10AT DW10

DV4TD DV6TED4 DW8B DW10TD
ATED4 ED BTED4
Engine type 8HX 8HZ 9HY 9HZ 9HX WJY RHY RHZ RHR
Cubic capacity (cc) 1398 1560 1868 1997
Bore/stroke 73,7/82 75/88,3 82,2/88 85/88
Compression ratio 17,9/1 18/1 23/1 17,6/1 18/1
Power ISO or EEC (KW - rpm) 50-4000 80-4000 66,2-4000 51-4600 66-4000 80-4000 100-4000
Torque ISO or EEC (m.daN - rpm) 15-1750 16-2000 24-1750 21,5-1750 12,5-2500 20,5-1900 25-1750 32-2000
41
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 42
XSARA
ENGINE
SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENINGING TORQUES (m.daN)
Engine: KFW
Power unit
1 5 ± 0,5
2 6 ± 0,6
3 2,5 ± 0,2
4 6,5 ± 0,6
5 2,5 ± 0,2
6 4,5 ± 0,4
7 4,5 ± 0,4
B1BP1EYD
42
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 43
ENGINE
SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENINGINGING TORQUES (m.daN) XSARA PICASSO
Engine: NFV
Power unit
1 5,5 ± 0,5
2 5,5 ± 0,5
3 6,5 ± 0,6
4 6,5 ± 0,6
5 2,2 ± 0,2
6 3,3 ± 0,3
7 2,7 ± 0,2
8 4,6 ± 0,4
9 4,5 ± 0,4
10 4,5 ± 0,4,
B1BP21HP
43
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 44
ENGINE
XSARA SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENINGING TORQUES (m.daN)
Engine: NFU
Power unit
1 4,5 ± 0,4
2 6 ± 0,6
3 4,5 ± 0,4
4 4 ± 0,4
5 6 ± 0,6
6 5,4 ± 0,8
7 6,5 ± 0,6
8 3 ± 0,3
9 4,5 ± 0,6
B1BP2GGP
44
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 45
ENGINE
SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENINGING TORQUES (m.daN) XSARA - XSARA PICASSO
Tighteninging torques (m.daN)
Engine type KFW NFV NFU
Crankshaft Pre-tightening 2 ± 0,2 2 ± 0,2
bearing screws Angular tightening 45° 50° ± 5°
Connecting rod
Tightening 3,8 ± 0,4
screws
Flywheel screw Tightening 6,5 ± 0,7
Crankshaft
pinion screw Tightening 10 ± 1
Camshaft pulley
screw Tightening 8 ± 0,8
Camshaft hubs 8 ± 0,8
Camshaft hub
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
screw
45
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 46
ENGINE
C4 SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENINGING TORQUES (m.daN)
Suspensions for engine/gearbox assembly
Engine: KFU
Gearbox on RH side Gearbox on LH side
1 6 ± 0,6 4 1 ± 0,2
2 6 ± 0,1 5 1,8 ± 0,2
3 4,5 ± 0,4 6 2 ± 0,2
7 3 ± 0,3
8 1,9 ± 0,1
9 2,5 ± 0,2
10 6,5 ± 0,6
B1BP36BD B1BP36CD
Gearbox under the engine

11 4 ± 0,4
12 4 ± 0,4
13 4 ± 0,4
14 4 ± 0,4
15 4 ± 0,4
16 2 ± 0,2
17 4 ± 0,4
B1BP36DD 18 5,4 ± 0,5
46
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 47
ENGINE
SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN) C4
Engine: KFU
Cylinder head
1 Inlet air pressure sensor 0,8 ± 0,1
2 Motorised butterfly housing fixing screws 0,8 ± 0,2
3 Coolant outlet housing screw 0,8 ± 0,2
4 Oxygen sensor 4,7 ± 0,7
Catalytic converter fixing nuts (*)
5 Pre-tightening 2 ± 0,2
Tightening 4 ± 0,4
Check the tightening 4 ± 0,4
6 Exhaust manifold nuts 1,8 ± 0,2
7 Exhaust manifold fixing stud 0,8 ± 0,1
Cylinder head bolts (*)
8 Pre-tightening 1,5 ± 0,2
Angular tightening 200° ± 5°
9 Inlet manifold screws 0,8 ± 0,1
10 Valve cover screws (*) 0,9 ± 0,1
11 Camshaft bearing cap screws (*) 1 ± 0,1
12 Sparking plugs 2,25 ± 0,2
13 Camshaft dephaser electrovalve fixing screws 0,8 ± 0,2
B1BP368P (VVT)
(*) = IMPERATIVE: Respect the tightening sequence (see following page).
47
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 48
ENGINE
C4 SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN)
Engine: KFU
Cylinder head
IMPERATIVE: Respect the tightening sequence.
(8) Cylinder head bolts

(10) Valve cover screws (5) Catalytic converter fixing nuts
(11) Camshaft bearing cap screws
B1DP05BC B1JP063C
48
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 49
ENGINE
Engine: KFU
Cylinder block
14 Crankshaft bearing cap sealing screw (*) 0,8 ± 0,1
15 Knock sensor 2 ± 0,4
16 Coolant pump stud screw 1,6 ± 0,2
17 Coolant pump cover screw 0,6 ± 0,1
18 Screw of coolant pump body on cylinder block 6,5 ± 0,6
19 Cooling circuit plug 3 ± 0,5
20 Oil circuit plugs 3 ± 0,5
21 Flywheel screw (*) 6,7 ± 0,6
22 Con rod cap fixing nut 3,7 ± 0,4
23 Accessories drive belt pulley screw 0,8 ± 0,2
Crankshaft pinion screw
24 Tightening 4 ± 0,4
Crankshaft bearing cap cover screw (*)
25 Tightening 2
B1DP1KVP
49
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 50
ENGINE
Engine: KFU
Cylinder block
(14) Crankshaft bearing cap sealing screw

(25) Crankshaft bearing cap cover screw (21) Flywheel screw
B1DP05BC B1CP0GYC
50
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 51
ENGINE
Engine: KFU
Lubrication
26 Oil gauge screw 0,7 ± 0,1
27 Electric oil gauge fixng screw 3,2 ± 0,5
28 Oil filter support screw 1 ± 0,1
29 Strainer fixing screw 1 ± 0,1
30 Oil pressure switch 2 ± 0,2
31 Oil sump screw 0,8 ± 0,2
32 Drain plug 3 ± 0,5
33 Oil pump screw 0,9 ± 0,1
B1BP369P
51
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 52
ENGINE
Engine: KFU
Timing
34 Inlet camshaft dephaser plug (VVT) 3,2 ± 0,2
Inlet camshaft dephaser screw (VVT)
Tightening 6 ± 0,6
36 Guide roller screw 2,1 ± 0,2
37 Exhaust camshaft pulley screw 4,5 ± 0,4
38 Tensioner roller screw 2,1 ± 0,2
B1EP1GPD
52
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 53
ENGINE
Engine: KFU
Accessories
39 Alternator support fixing screw 2,5 ± 0,3
40 Alternator power circuit fixing nut 1,4 ± 0,2
41 Alternator fixing screw 4 ± 0,4
42 Aircon compressor fixing screw 2,4 ± 0,1
43 Aircon compressor support fixing screw 2,5 ± 0,4
44 Bottom screw fixing tensioner roller support 5,7 ± 1
45 Top screw fixing tensioner roller support 2,5 ± 0,6
B1BP36AP
53
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 54
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Gearbox on RH side Gearbox on LH side

1 6 ± 0,6 4 1,8 ± 0,2
2 6 ± 0,6 5 2 ± 0,2
3 4,5 ± 0,4 6 6,5 ± 0,6
7 1,9 ± 0,1
8 4 ± 0,4
9 3 ± 0,3
10 1,8± 0,2
11 1 ± 0,2
B1BP35WD B1BP35XD 12 2,5 ± 0,2
Gearbox below the engine (A) MA manual gearbox

13 4 ± 0,4 (B) AL4 automatic gearbox
14 4 ± 0,4
15 5,4 ± 0,5
16 6 ± 0,6
17 4 ± 0,4
18 6 ± 0,6
19 2 ± 0,2
20 4 ± 0,4
21 4 ± 0,4
B1BP35YD
54
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 55
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Cylinder head
1 Inlet air pressure sensor 0,8 ± 0,1
3 Inlet manifold nuts 0,8 ± 0,2
4 Valve cover screws (*) 0,9 ± 0,1
5 Coolant outlet housing screw 0,8 ± 0,2
6 Thermostat fixing screw 0,8 ± 0,2
Catalytic converter fixing nuts (*)
Tightening 4 ± 0,4
Check the tightening 4 ± 0,4
11 Lubrication plug 1,5 ± 0,2
13 Camshaft bearing cap screws (*) 0,9 ± 0,1
14 Inlet manifold fixing stud 0,8 ± 0,1
15 Engine coolant temperature sensor (CMM) 1,7 ± 0,1
16 Engine coolant temperature sensor (instrument panel) 1,7 ± 0,1
B1BP362P
17 Sparking plugs 3 ± 0,1
55
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 56
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Cylinder block
18 Coolant pump screw 2 ± 0,1
19 Oil plug 2,5 ± 0,5
20 Con rod cap bolt 3,8 ± 0,2
21 Seal plate screw, flywheel end 1 ± 0,1
22 Flywheel screw (*) 7 ± 0,7
23 Seal plate screw, timing end 1 ± 0,1
24 Coolant inlet manifold screw 0,8 ± 0,1
25 Crankshaft pinion screw
Tightening 4 ± 0,2
26 Crankshaft bearing cap screw
Tightening 2 ± 0,1
27 Accessories drive belt pulley screw 2,5 ± 0,6
B1DP1KUP

56
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 57
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Sequence of tightening the nuts (8) (Catalytic converter) (22) Sequence of tightening the flywheel screws
B1JP063C B1CP0GCC
57
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 58
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Lubrication
29 Strainer fixing 0,8 ± 0,2
30 Oil gauge screw 0,8 ± 0,1
31 Piston skirt spray jet 1,5 ± 0,2
32 Drain plug 3 ± 0,5
35 Oil circuit plugs 2,5 ± 0,5
36 Oil filter support screw 0,8 ± 0,2
37 Oil level sensor 0,8 ± 0,2
B1BP363P
58
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 59
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Timing
39 Camshaft pulley screw 4,5 ± 0,5
40 Guide roller screw 2 ± 0,2
B1BP1GMP
59
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 60
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Accessories
42 Alternator support fixing screw 2,5 ± 0,6
44 Alternator fixing screw 4 ± 0,4
46 Tensioner roller support fixing screw 2,5 ± 0,6
47 Bottom screw fixing tensioner roller support 5,7 ± 1
48 Top screw fixing tensioner roller support 2,5 ± 0,6
B1BP364P
60
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 61
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
RH side Torque reaction rod

1 6 ± 0,6 4 4,5 ± 0,4
2 6 ± 0,6 5 3,9 ± 0,4
3 4,5 ± 0,4 6 5,4 ± 0,6
B1BP35TD B1BP35UD
7 1 ± 0,1
8 5 ± 0,5
9 6,5 ± 0,6
10 3 ± 0,3
11 3 ± 0,3
12 6 ± 0,6
13 1,9 ± 0,2
B1BP35VD
61
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 62
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Cylinder head
Valve cover screws (*)
1 Pre-tightening 0,5
4 Coolant outlet housing fixing nuts 1 ± 0,1
5 Coolant outlet housing bolts 0,3
7 Inlet manifold fixings 2,2 ± 0,4
8 Inlet manifold fixing studs 0,8 ± 0,2
Pre-tightening 1 1,5 ± 0,1
Pre-tightening 2 5 ± 0,5
9 Angular slacken 360°
Tightening 2 ± 0,2
B1BP35MP

62
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 63
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Cylinder head
11 Camshaft bearing cap screws (*)
Pre-tightening 0,5
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
13 Coolant outlet housing fixing stud 0,8 ± 0,2
14 Engine coolant temperature sensor 1,7 ± 0,1
15 Inner timing cover screw 0,8 ± 0,1
16 Electrovalve fixing screw (VVT) 0,9 ± 0,1
B1BP35MP

63
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 64
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Cylinder head
(1) Valve cover screws

(9) Cylinder head bolts (11) Camshaft bearing cap screws
B1DP05BC B1DP03XD
64
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 65
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Cylinder block
Coolant pump screw (*)
Accessories drive belt pulley screw
Flywheel screw (*)
Tightening 2 ± 0,2
Angular tightening 21°± 3°
B1DP1KSP

65
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 66
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Cylinder block
Pre-tightening 1
23 Crankshaft bearing cap sealing screw 1
Con rod cap screw (*)
Pre-tightening 1
24 Tightening 2,3 ± 0,2
B1DP1KSP

66
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 67
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Cylinder head
(22) Crankshaft bearing cap screws

(24) Con rod cap screws (21) Flywheel screw (18) Coolant pump screw
B1DP05BC B1CP0GCC B1GP08WC
67
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 68
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Lubrication
26 Oil gauge screw 1 ± 0,2
28 Anti-emulsion plate fixing screw 1,9 ± 0,3
29 Oil level sensor fixing screw 1 ± 0,2
30 Drain plug 3,4 ± 0,3
33 Oil strainer fixing nuts 0,8 ± 0,1
34 Oil strainer stud 0,6 ± 0,1
Coolant pump screw
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
B1BP35NP
68
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 69
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Timing
Exhaust camshaft pulley screw
37 Cap 1,1 ± 0,1
Inlet camshaft pulley screw
Tightening 11 ± 1
Guide roller screw
B1EP1GJP
69
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 70
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Accessories
41 Accessories support fixing stud 0,8 ± 0,1
Accessories support fixings
43 Alternator top fixing screw 4,1 ± 0,5
46 Alternator bottom fixing screw 4,9 ± 0,5
47 Screw for fixing the automatic tensioner roller
2 ± 0,2
for the accessories drive belt
B1BP35PP
70
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 71
ENGINE
SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN) XSARA - XSARA PICASSO
Engines: 6FZ - RFN
Power unit
1 2 ± 0,2
2 4,5 ± 0,4
3 6 ± 0,6
4 5,4 ± 0,5
5 5,4 ± 0,5
6 4,5 ± 0,5
7 2,1 ± 0,2
8 6,5 ± 0,6
9 2,2 ± 0,2
10 5 ± 0,5
B1BP21AP
71
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 72
ENGINE
XSARA - XSARA PICASSO SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN)
Engine: RFN
Crankshaft
Bearing cap fixing screws
Pre-tightening 2 ± 0,2
Bearing cap screws
Pre-tightening 2,3 ± 0,2
Accessories belt automatic tensioner roller 2 ± 0,2
Accessories belt guide roller
Accessories support block
Tightening (2 studs) 0,7 ± 0,2
Pre-tightening (4 screws) 1 ± 0,1
Cylinder block
Sump 0,8 ± 0,2
Timing belt guide roller
Timing belt tensioner roller 2,1 ± 0,2
RH engine support 6 ± 0,6
72
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 73
ENGINE
SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN) XSARA - XSARA PICASSO
Engine: RFN
Cylinder head
Camshaft bearing cover 0,9 ± 0,1
Exhaust manifold 3,5 ± 0,3
Valve cover 1,1 ± 0,1
Camshaft pulley
Pulley on hub 2,1 ± 0,2
Timing pinion on crankshaft
Flywheel / clutch
Clutch mechanism 2 ± 0,2
Flywheel
Pre-tightening (sequence 1,5,3,7,2,6,4,8) 2 ± 0,2
Angular tightening (sequence 1,5,3,7,2,6,4,8) 21° ± 3°
B1CP089C
73
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 74
ENGINE
XSARA - XSARA PICASSO SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN)
Engine: RFN
Lubrication circuit
Oil pump closing plate 0,8 ± 0,1
Oil pump
Injection circuit
Common injection rail fixing screws 0,9 ± 0,1
Cooling circuit
Coolant pump
Pre-tightening (sequence 1,2,3,4) 0,8 ± 0,1
Tightening (sequence 1,2,3,4) 1,4 ± 0,1
Coolant inlet housing 0,9 ± 0,1
B1GP08WC
74
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 75
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Gearbox on RH side Gearbox at torque reaction rod
1 6 ± 0,6 4 4,5 ± 0,4
2 6 ± 0,6 5 3,9 ± 0,4
3 4,5 ± 0,4 6 5,4 ± 0,6
B1BP35TD B1BP35UD
Gearbox on LH side
7 1 ± 0,1
8 5 ± 0,5
9 6,5 ± 0,6
10 3 ± 0,3
11 3 ± 0,3
12 6 ± 0,6
13 1,9 ± 0,2
B1BP35VD
75
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 76
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Cylinder head
2 Exhaust manifold stud 0,7 ± 0,1
Exhaust manifold nuts
3 Tightening on heat shield 2,5 ± 0,2
Tightening apart from on heat shield 3,5 ± 0,3
5 Coolant outlet housing fixing (BSE)
Tightening of the nuts 1 ± 0,2
Tightening of the screws 1 ± 0,1
7 Coolant outlet housing fixing stud (BSE) 0,3 ± 0,1
B1BP34MP

76
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 77
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Cylinder head
1st pre-tightening 1,5 ± 0,1
2nd pre-tightening 5 ± 0,5
11 Angular slackening 360°
Tightening 2 ± 0,2
Camshaft bearing cap cover screws (*)
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
13 EGR valve screw 0,8 ± 0,1
14 Valve for injection of air to the exhaust 0,8 ± 0,2
15 Inlet manifold stud 0,8 ± 0,1
16 Inlet manifold fixing nuts 2,2 ± 0,5
B1BP34MP

77
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 78
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Cylinder head

B1DP05BC B1DP03XD
78
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 79
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Cylinder block
Tightening 1,4 ± 1
Flywheel screw (*)
Tightening 2 ± 0,2
Tightening 2 ± 0,1
B1DP1KKP

79
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 80
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Cylinder block
23 Crankshaft bearing cap sealing screw 1 ± 0,1
Con rod cap bolt (*)
24 Pre-tightening 1
B1DP1KKP

80
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 81
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Cylinder head

(24) Con rod cap screws (21) Flywheel screws (19) Coolant pump screws
81
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 82
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Lubrication
29 Drain plug 3,4 ± 0,3
Oil pump screw
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
B1BP34NP
82
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 83
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Timing
38 Tensioner roller screw 2 ± 0,3
B1EP1G6P
83
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 84
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Accessories
Screw for fixing the guide roller for the accessories drive belt
Screw for fixing the automatic tensioner roller
47 2 ± 0,2
B1BP34PP
84
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 85
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Gearbox on RH side Gearbox at torque reaction rod

1 6 ± 0,6 4 4,5 ± 0,4
2 6 ± 0,6 5 3,9 ± 0,4
3 4,5 ± 0,4 6 5,4 ± 0,6
B1BP35TD B1BP35UD
Gearbox on LH side
7 1 ± 0,1
8 5 ± 0,5
9 6,5 ± 0,6
10 3 ± 0,3
11 3 ± 0,3
12 6 ± 0,6
13 1,9 ± 0,2
B1BP35VD
85
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 86
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Cylinder head
1 Exhaust manifold stud 0,7 ± 0,1
Exhaust manifold nuts
2 Tightening on heat shield 2,5 ± 0,2
Tightening apart from on heat shield 3,5 ± 0,3
Coolant outlet housing fixing
4 Tightening of the nuts 1 ± 0,2
Tightening of the screws 1 ± 0,1
6 Coolant outlet housing fixing stud 0,3 ± 0,1
10 Inlet manifold fixing nuts 2,2 ± 0,5
11 Inlet manifold stud 0,8 ± 0,1
B1BP35QP

86
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 87
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Cylinder head
1st pre-tightening 1,5 ± 0,1
12 2nd pre-tightening 5 ± 0,5
Angular slackening 360°
Tightening 2 ± 0,2
Camshaft bearing cap cover screws (*)
16 Valve for injection of air to the exhaust 0,9 ± 0,2
B1BP35QP

87
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 88
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Cylinder head

B1DP05BC B1DP03XD
88
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 89
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Cylinder block
Tightening 1,4 ± 1
Flywheel screw (*)
Tightening 2 ± 0,2
Tightening 2 ± 0,1
B1DP1KTP

89
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 90
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Cylinder block
22 Crankshaft bearing cap sealing screw 1 ± 0,1
Con rod cap bolt (*)
23 Pre-tightening 1
B1DP1KTP

90
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 91
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Cylinder head

(23) Con rod cap screws (20) Flywheel screws (18) Coolant pump screws
91
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 92
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Lubrication
28 Drain plug 3,4 ± 0,3
Oil pump screw
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
B1BP35RP
92
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 93
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Timing
37 Camshaft dephaser cap (VVT) 3,2 ± 0,3
Inlet camshaft pulley screw
Tightening 11 ± 1
B1EP1GKP
93
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 94
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Accessories
Screw for fixing the guide roller for the accessories drive belt
Screw for fixing the automatic tensioner roller
48 2 ± 0,2
B1BP35SP
94
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 95
ENGINE
SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN) XSARA
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
RH engine support
(1) : 2 ± 0,2
(9) : 2,5 ± 0,2
(10) : 4,5 ± 0,5
(11) : 4,5 ± 0,5
(12) : 6 ± 0,6
RH lower engine support

(8) : 5,7 ± 0,9
Torque reaction rod

(2) : 4,5 ± 0,5
(3) : 4,5 ± 0,5
(4) : 4,5 ± 0,5
LH engine support
(5) : 6,5 ± 0,6
Lower LH engine support

(6) : 2,2 ± 0,2
(7) : 2 ± 0,2
B1BP2WLP
95
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 96
ENGINE
XSARA SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN)
Engines 8HX 8HZ
Crankshaft
Pre-tightening 1
Slackening YES
Tightening 3
Angular tightening 140°
Con rod nuts
Pre-tightening 1
Slackening YES
Accessories drive pulley
Cylinder blocks
Sump 1 ± 0,1
Timing belt guide roller 4,5 ± 0,4 3,7 ± 0,4
Timing belt tensioner roller 3 ± 0,3 2,3 ± 0,3
96
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 97
ENGINE
Engines 8HX 8HZ
Cylinder head
Camshaft bearing covers
Pre-tightening 0,5
Tightening 1
Fixing of camshaft sub-assemblies on cylinder head
Pre-tightening 0,5
Tightening 1
Exhaust manifold 2,5 ± 0,2
Valve cover 2,5 ± 0,2
Camshaft pulley 4,3 ± 0,4
Flywheel
Flywheel
Pre-tightening 1,7 1,7
Angular tightening 70° ± 5° 75° ± 5°
Lubrication circuit
Oil pump assembly
Coolant/oil heat exchanger 1 ± 0,1
97
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 98
ENGINE
Engines 8HX - 8HZ
Diesel injection circuit
Spherical-base screws for diesel injection fixing fork 0,3 ± 0,1
Fuel high pressure common injection rail on engine block 2 ± 0,2
Unions on fuel high pressure common injection rail
Pre-tightening 1,7± 0,2
Diesel injection pump on support

2,25 ± 0,2
Union on diesel injection pump
Diesel injection pump pulley 5 ± 0,5
Union on diesel high pressure pump 2,25 ± 0,2
Cooling circuit
Coolant pump
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
Coolant outlet housing
98
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 99
ENGINE
Engines: 9HX - 9HY - 9HZ
RH engine support Torque reaction rod
1 6 ± 0,6 4 6 ± 0,6
2 5,5 ± 0,5 5 3,9 ± 0,4
3 6 ± 0,6 6 5,4 ± 0,8
B1BP38CC B1BP38DC
Impact absorber LH engine support on gearbox

7 12 2 ± 0,3
8 13 6,5 ± 0,6
9 4 ± 0,4 14 3 ± 0,3
10 15 6 ± 0,6
11 16 2 ± 0,2
B1BP38EC B1BP38FC
99
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 100
ENGINE
Engine: 9HY
Cylinder head
1 Air inlet manifold 1 ± 0,1
2 Oil trap 1 ± 0,1
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
(3) Camshaft bearing cover screws
(4) Camshaft bearing cover studs
B1BP39YP B1DP1D7D
100
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 101
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Cylinder head
Camshaft bearing cover studs
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
5 Exhaust gas recycling electrovalve (EGR) 1 ± 0,1
Cylinder head
Tightening 4 ± 0,5
7 Vacuum pump 1,8 ± 0,2
(6) Sequence for tightening the cylinder head bolts
B1BP39YP B1DP05BC
101
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 102
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Cylinder head
9 Exhaust manifold 2,5 ± 0,2
10 Exhaust manifold stud 1 ± 0,2
11 Turbocompressor nuts 2,6 ± 0,6
12 Catalytic converter nuts 2 ± 0,1
Air flowmeter
B1BP39YP
102
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 103
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Cylinder block
Coolant pump
Con rod screws
Flywheel (according to equipment)
(16) Sequence for tightening the flywheel screws
B1DP1LKP B1CP0GKC
103
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 104
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Cylinder block
17 Slackening 180°
Tightening 3 ± 0,3
18 Crankshaft bearing cap cover screws 0,8 ± 0,3
Crankshaft bearing cap cover screws
B1DP1LKP
104
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 105
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Cylinder block
Crankshaft bearing cap cover
Tightening method:
Pre-tighten the 10 screws (17) (from 1 to 10) to 1
Pre-tighten the 14 screws (19) (from 11 to 24) to 0,6
Tighten the 2 screws (18) (inside the flywheel bell housing) to 0,8
Slacken the screws (17) by 180°
Tighten the 10 screws (17) (from 1 to 10) to 3
Tighten the screws (17) (from 1 to 10) by 140°
Tighten the 14 screws (19) (from 11 to 24) to 0,8
Sequence for tightening the screws (17), (18) and (19)

(17) Bearing cap fixing screws (screw M9)
(18) Crankshaft bearing cap cover screws (screw M6)
(19) Crankshaft bearing cap cover screws (screw M6)
B1DP1LLD
105
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 106
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Lubrication
21 3 ± 0,5
Turbocharger lubrication pipe
22 2,1 ± 0,3
24 Oil gauge 0,8 ± 0,2
25 Electric oil gauge 2,7 ± 0,5
26 Piston skirt spray jets 2 ± 0,5
27 Oil filter cover 2,5 ± 0,5
28 Oil filter support 1 ± 0,2
29 Coolant/oil heat exchanger 1 ± 0,1
30 Drain plug 2,5 ± 0,3
31 Oil induction strainer 1 ± 0,1
32 Sump 1,2 ± 0,2
33 Oil pump assembly 0,9 ± 0,1
B1DP1LMD
106
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 107
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Timing
34 Camshaft bearing caps 1 ± 0,1
Camshaft pulleys
36 Timing belt guide roller 3,7 ± 0,3
37 Timing belt tensioner roller 2,7 ± 0,2
38 Timing chain tensioner 1 ± 0,1
B1EP1HQD
107
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 108
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Injection circuit
Union on injector
Injector fixing flange but
41 Diesel injection pump on support 2,2 ± 0,3
42 Diesel injection pump pulley 5 ± 0,5
43 Diesel fuel high pressure pump front support 2 ± 0,5
B1HP22SD
108
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 109
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Injection circuit
44 Diesel fuel high pressure pump rear support 2 ± 0,5
Union on diesel fuel high pressure pump
46 Fuel high pressure common injection rail on engine block 2,2 ± 0,3
48 Fuel filter support 0,7 ± 0,1
B1HP22SD
109
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 110
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Version without particle filter Accessories
49 Multifunction support 2 ± 0,4
50 Alternator fixing screw 4,9 ± 1,2
52 Accessories tensioner roller 2,1 ± 0,2
D1AP02NC
110
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 111
ENGINE
Engine: 9HX
Version without air conditioning Accessories
53 Accessories support 2 ± 0,5
54 Guide roller 4,5 ± 0,5
D1AP02PC
Version with air conditioning Accessories

55 Aircon compressor support 2 ± 0,5
56 Aircon compressor screw 2,4 ± 0,5
D1AP02QD
111
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 112
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Cylinder head
1 Air inlet manifold 1 ± 0,1
2 Oil trap 1 ± 0,1
Camshaft bearing cover screws
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
(3) Sequence for tightening the camshaft bearing cover screws
B1BP39XP B1DP1D7D
112
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 113
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Cylinder head
Camshaft bearing cover studs
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
5 Exhaust gas recycling electrovalve (EGR) 1 ± 0,1
Cylinder head
Tightening 4 ± 0,5
7 Vacuum pump 1,8 ± 0,2
(6) Sequence for tightening the cylinder head bolts
B1BP39XP B1DP05BC
113
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 114
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Cylinder head
9 Exhaust manifold 5 ± 0,2
10 Exhaust manifold stud 1 ± 0,2
11 Turbocompressor nuts 2,6 ± 0,6
12 Catalytic converter nuts 2 ± 0,1
Double butterfly housing (according to equipment)
B1BP39XP
114
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 115
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Cylinder block
Coolant pump
Con rod screws
Damping flywheel (according to equipment)
16
Flywheel (according to equipment)
(16) Sequence for tightening the flywheel screws
B1DP1LKP B1CP0GKC
115
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 116
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Cylinder block
17 Slackening 180°
Tightening 3 ± 0,3
18 Crankshaft bearing cap cover screws 0,8 ± 0,3
Crankshaft bearing cap cover screws
B1DP1LKP
116
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 117
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Cylinder block
Crankshaft bearing cap cover.
Tightening method:
Pre-tighten the 10 screws (17) (from 1 to 10) to 1
Pre-tighten the 14 screws (19) (from 11 to 24) to 0,6
Tighten the 2 screws (18) (inside the flywheel bell housing) to 0,8
Slacken the screws (17) by 180°
Tighten the 10 screws (17) (from 1 to 10) to 3
Tighten the screws (17) (from 1 to 10) by 140°
Tighten the 14 screws (19) (from 11 to 24) to 0,8
(17) Bearing cap fixing screws (screws M9)
(18) Crankshaft bearing cap cover screws (screws M6)
(19) Crankshaft bearing cap cover screws (screws M6)
B1DP1LLD
117
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 118
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Lubrication
21 3 ± 0,5
22 2,1 ± 0,3
24 Oil gauge 0,8 ± 0,2
25 Oil level sensor 2,7 ± 0,5
26 Piston skirt spray jets 2 ± 0,5
28 Oil filter support 1 ± 0,2
29 Coolant/oil heat exchanger 1 ± 0,1
30 Drain plug 2,5 ± 0,3
31 Oil induction strainer 1 ± 0,1
32 Oil sump 1,2 ± 0,2
33 Oil pump assembly 0,9 ± 0,1
B1DP1LMD
118
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 119
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Timing
34 Camshaft bearing caps 1 ± 0,1
Camshaft pulleys
36 Timing belt guide roller 3,7 ± 0,3
37 Timing belt tensioner roller 2,7 ± 0,2
38 Timing chain tensioner 1 ± 0,1
B1EP1HQD
119
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 120
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Injection circuit
Union on injector
Injector fixing flange but
41 Diesel injection pump on support 2,2 ± 0,3
42 Diesel injection pump pulley 5 ± 0,5
43 Diesel fuel high pressure pump front support 2 ± 0,5
B1HP22SD
120
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 121
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Injection circuit
44 Diesel fuel high pressure pump rear support 2 ± 0,5
Union on diesel fuel high pressure pump
46 Fuel high pressure common injection rail on engine block 2,2 ± 0,3
48 Fuel filter support 0,7 ± 0,1
B1HP22SD
121
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 122
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Version without particle filter Accessories
49 Multifunction support 2 ± 0,4
50 Alternator fixing screw 4,9 ± 1,2
51 Alternator power circuit fixing nuts 1,4 ± 0,2
52 Accessories tensioner roller 2,1 ± 0,2
D1AP02NC
122
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 123
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Version without air conditioning Accessories
53 Accessories support 2 ± 0,5
54 Guide roller 4,5 ± 0,5
D1AP02PC
Version with air conditioning Accessories

55 Aircon compressor support 2 ± 0,5
56 Aircon compressor screw 2,4 ± 0,5
D1AP02QD
123
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 124
ENGINE
Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Version with particle filter Accessories
57 Multifunction support 3,2 ± 0,2
D1AP02RC
124
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 125
ENGINE
SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN) XSARA PICASSO
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Torque reaction rod

(1) : 5,4 ± 0,8
(2) : 5,4 ± 0,8
(13) : 6 ± 0,9
LH upper engine support
(3) : 2,1 ± 0,2
(4) : 5 ± 0,5
Lower LH engine support
(5) : 2,1 ± 0,2
(6) : 5,7 ± 0,8
RH lower engine support
(7) : 5,5 ± 0,5
RH engine support
(8) : 4,5 ± 0,4
(9) : 4,5 ± 0,6
(10) : 2,5 ± 0,6
(11) : 2,1 ± 0,2
(12) : 6,1 ± 0,6
B1BP2Z4P
125
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 126
ENGINE
XSARA PICASSO SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN)
Engines 9HZ - 9HY
Crankshaft
Slackening 180° ± 5°
Tightening 3 ± 0,3
Con rod screws
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
Angular tightening 190 ± 5°
Cylinder block
Sump 1,3 ± 0,1
Timing belt guide roller 3,7 ± 0,3
126
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 127
ENGINE
Engines 9HZ - 9HY
Cylinder head
Tightening 1 ± 0,1
Exhaust manifold 3 ± 0,3
Camshaft pulley
Cylinder head
Tightening 4 ± 0,5
EGR valve 1 ± 0,1
Flywheel - Clutch
Flywheel
127
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 128
ENGINE
XSARA PICASSO SPECIAL FEATURES - TIGHTENING TORQUES (m.daN)
Engines 9HZ - 9HY
Lubrication circuit
Oil pump assembly
Oil/coolant heat exchanger 1 ± 0,2
Turbocharger lubrication pipe 3 ± 0,5
Diesel injection circuit
Injector fixing flange nut
Fuel high pressure common injection rail on engine block 2,2 ± 0,2
Union on fuel high pressure common injection rail
Diesel injection pump on support 2,2 ± 0,2
Union on injector diesel
128
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 129
ENGINE
Engines 9HZ - 9HY
Diesel injection circuit (continued)
Diesel injection pump pulley 5 ± 0,5
Union on fuel high pressure pump
Cooling circuit
Coolant pump
129
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 130
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Engine suspension
1 4,5 ± 0,4
2 2,2 ± 0,2
3 2,2 ± 0,2
4 4,5 ± 0,4
5 5 ± 0,5
6 5 ± 0,5
7 4,5 ± 0,4
8 6,5 ± 0,6
9 2,2 ± 0,2
10 5 ± 0,5
11 2,2 ± 0,2
12 4,5 ± 0,4
13 4,5 ± 0,4
14 4,5 ± 0,4
B1BP1U5P
130
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 131
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Crankshaft
Bearing cap fixing screws 7 ± 0,7
Con rod nuts
Accessories drive pulley hub
Accessories drive pulley 1 ± 0,1
Cylinder block
Piston skirt spray jet 1 ± 0,1
Sump 1,6 ± 0,1
Cylinder head
Camshaft bearing covers 2 ± 0,2
Exhaust manifold 0,3
Valve cover 0,5
Camshaft / hub 4,3 ± 0,4
Camshaft pinion / hub 2,3 ± 0,2
131
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 132
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Crankshaft
Bearing cap fixing screws 7 ± 0,7
Con rod nuts
Accessories drive pulley 1 ± 0,1
Cylinder block
Piston spray jet 1 ± 0,1
Sump 1,6 ± 0,1
Cylinder head
Valve cover 0,5
Camshaft pinion / hub 2,3 ± 0,2
132
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 133
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Flywheel
Flywheel 4,8 ± 0,4
Lubrication circuit
Oil pump 2,3 ± 0,2
Coolant/oil heat exchanger 7 ± 0,7
Injection circuit
Injector on cylinder head 9 ± 0,9
Diesel fuel heater 1,5 ± 0,1
Injection pump 2 ± 0,2
Union on injector 2,5 ± 0,2
Injection pump pulley 2,3 ± 0,2
Cooling circuit
Coolant pump 1,5 ± 0,1
133
Angl.-t2-page040-134-2005 9/01/06 10:11 Page 134
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Engine suspension
1 4,5 ± 0,4
2 2,2 ± 0,2
3 2,2 ± 0,2
4 6,1 ± 0,6
5 4,5 ± 0,5
6 4,5 ± 0,5
7 4,5 ± 0,4
8 6,5 ± 0,6
9 2,2 ± 0,2
10 5 ± 0,5
11 2,2 ± 0,2
12 4,5 ± 0,4
13 4,5 ± 0,4
B1BP1YDP
134
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 135
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Crankshaft
Con rod nuts
Cylinder block
Piston skirt spray jet 1 ± 0,1
Sump 1,6 ± 0,1
Cylinder head
Valve cover 0,8
Camshaft pinion / camshaft hub 2 ± 0,2
135
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 136
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Flywheel
Flywheel 4,8 ± 0,4
Lubrication circuit
Oil pump 1,6 ± 0,2
Coolant oil heat exchanger 7 ± 0,7
Engine end 4,8 ± 0,4
Turbocharger end 2,2 ± 0,2
Injection circuit
Injector fixing flange nut 3 ± 0,3
Unions on fuel high pressure common injection rail 2 ± 0,2
Injection pump on support 2,3 ± 0,2
Union on diesel injector 2 ± 0,2
Injection pump pulley 5 ± 0,5
Union on fuel high pressure pump 2 ± 0,2
Cooling circuit
Coolant pump 1,5 ± 0,1
136
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 137
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
RH engine support LH engine support
1 5,5 ± 0,5 6 3 ± 0,3
2 6 ± 0,5 7 6,5 ± 0,6
3 8 2 ± 0,2
4 5,5 ± 0,5 9 4,5 ± 0,4
5 10 3 ± 0,3
11 5,5 ± 0,5
12 5 ± 0,5
B1BP35HD B1BP35JD
Lower engine support

13 6 ± 0,6
14
1 ± 0,1
15
16 5,5 ± 0,5
17 4 ± 0,4
18 6 ± 0,6
B1BP35KD
137
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 138
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Cylinder head
Exhaust manifold
Tightening 3 ± 0,3
2 Turbocompressor 2,5 ± 0,2
3 Exhaust clip 2,5 ± 0,5
Slackening 1 Turn
Tightening 6 ± 0,5
(*) (4) Sequence of tightening
B1DP1LCP B1DP1LDC
138
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 139
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Cylinder head
5 Camshaft bearing cap cover screws (*) 1 ± 0,1
6 Coolant outlet housing fixing 2 ± 0,2
Camshaft bearing cap cover studs (*)
7 Pre-tightening (the 26 screws Ø 6) 0,5
Tightening (the 26 screws Ø 6) 1 ± 0,1
8 Inlet valve cover screws (*) (19 screws) 0,9 ± 0,1
B1DP1LCP
139
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 140
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Cylinder head
(*) Bolts (5) and (7) Sequence of tightening (*) Bolts (8) Sequence of tightening
(5) Camshaft bearing cap cover screws

(7) Camshaft bearing cap cover studs (8) Inlet valve cover screws
B1DP1LED B1BP38ZD
140
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 141
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Cylinder block
9 Oil circuit plug 3 ± 0,3
10 Coolant pump screw 1,6 ± 0,3
Crankshaft bearing cap screws (*)
Con rod cap nuts
Tightening 1
12 Slackening 180°
(*) (11) Crankshaft bearing cap screws
B1CP0GNP B1CP0DGC
141
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 142
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Cylinder block
13 Front closing plate screw
Flywheel screws
Accessories drive pulley screw
B1CP0GNP
142
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 143
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Lubrication
17 Piston skirt spray jet screw 1 ± 0,1
18 Drain plug 3,4 ± 0,4
Oil sump (length 40 mm )
19 Pre-tightening 1
Oil sump (length 21 mm)
20 Pre-tightening 1
21 Electric oil gauge 2,7 ± 0,2
B1CP0GPP
143
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 144
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Lubrication
Oil filter support (*)
Tightening 2 ± 0,2
(*) (23) Sequence of tightening
B1CP0GPP B1FP062C
144
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 145
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Timing
Camshaft drive pulley screw
Guide roller screw
B1EP1HPD
145
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 146
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Injection circuit
28 High pressure pipe union on injector 2,5 ± 0,2
Diesel injector nuts
Do up both nuts by hand
29
30 Fuel high pressure pump screw 2,25 ± 0,3
31 High pressure pipe union on fuel high pressure pump 2,5 ± 0,2
32 Fuel high pressure supply common rail nuts 3 ± 0,3
33 Union on fuel high pressure supply common rail 2,5 ± 0,2
B1HP22LD
146
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 147
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Accessories
34 Alternator support 2 ± 0,2
35 Alternator 4,9 ± 0,4
36 Aircon compressor 2,5 ± 0,2
37 Accessories belt tensioner roller 4,3 ± 0,4
B1BP390D
147
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 148
ENGINE
SPECIAL FEATURES - CYLINDER HEAD TIGHTENING
Engines all types
Cleaning to be carried out just prior to refitting the cylinder head.
WARNING: Clean the contact faces with the approved CITROËN cleaning product.
Do not use abrasives or cutting tools on the contact faces.
The contact faces must not bear any traces of impact or scratching.
Insert a tap in the threads of the holes in the cylinder block receiving the cylinder head bolts.
Brush the threads of the cylinder head bolts..
Oil the threads and under the heads of the bolts, using MOLYKOTE G RAPID PLUS.
Tightening Cylinder head bolts

Engines (m.daN) (Max. reusable length in mm)
Tightening 2 ± 0,2
NFU 122 ± 0,3
KFU Tightening 2,5 ± 0,2 119
6FZ - RFN Pre-tightening 1,5 ± 0,1 147
Tightening 5 ± 0,1
RFJ Angular slackening 360° ± 2° 127,5 ± 0,5
Tightening 2 ± 0,75
B1DP05BC RFK Angular tightening 285° ± 5° 144,5 ± 0,5
NOTE: Tightening of the cylinder head after a repair is prohibited.
148
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 149
ENGINE
Engines all types
Brush the threads of the cylinder head bolts..
Oil the threads and under the heads of the bolts, using MOLYKOTE G RAPID PLUS.
WJY Tightening 6 ± 0,6 125,5
RHY - RHZ Tightening 6 ± 0,6 133,3
Tightening 6 ± 0,6
RHR Slackening 360° 134,5
Tightening 6 ± 0,6
B1DP05BC Angular tightening 220° ± 5°
149
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 150
ENGINE
Engines all types
Brush the threads of the cylinder head bolts. Oil the threads and under the heads of the bolts, using MOLYKOTE G RAPID PLUS.

KFW - NFV Angular tightening 240° ± 5° 175,5
B1BP10LC
8HX - 8HZ Tightening 4 ± 0,4 149
8HY Angular tightening 230° ± 5°
9HY - 9HZ Tightening 4 ± 0,4 147
B1DP1CLC 9HX Angular tightening 260° ± 5°
150
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 151
ENGINE
BELT TENSION/SEEM UNITS CORRESPONDENCE TABLE
Tools
!
!
!
! 4099-T (C.TRONIC.105) 4122-T (C.TRONIC.105.5)
151
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 152
ENGINE
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT
TU ET TU EW
3 5 7 10
JP J4 JP+ JP4 J4 A J4 J4S
Engine type KFW KFU NFV NFU 6FZ RFJ RFN RFK
C4 X X X X X
XSARA X X X
XSARA PICASSO X X X
See pages: 155 156 to 157 158 156 to 157 160 162 161 163 162 164
152
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 153
ENGINE
DV DW
4 6 8 10
TD TED4 ATED4 B TD ATED BTED4
Engine type 8HX 8HZ 9HY 9HZ 9HY 9HZ 9HX WJY RHY RHZ RHR
C4 X X X X
XSARA X X X X X
XSARA PICASSO X X X
See pages: 165 to 166 167 to 168 169 167 to 168 170 to 175 176 to 179 180
153
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:13 Page 154
ENGINE
Engines: All Types Petrol and Diesel
Tools.
- Belt tension measuring instrument: 4122 - T (C.TRONIC 105.5).
WARNING: If using tool 4099-T (C.TRONIC 105).
Essential.
- Before refitting the auxiliary equipment drive belt, check that:
- 1 / The roller(s) rotate freely (no play or stiffness).
- 2 / The belt is correctly engaged in the grooves of the various pulleys.
154
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 155
ENGINE
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT XSARA
Engine: KFW
Alternator With air conditioning
[1] Belt tension measuring instrument [1] Belt tension measuring instrument
: 4122-T : 4122-T
- Tension the belt using the screw (2). - Tension the belt using the screw (4).
- Tension should be: - Tension should be:

102 ± 7 SEEM units. 102 ± 7 SEEM units.
- Tighten the screws (1). - Tighten the screws (3).
Power-assisted steering Power steering and air con.
- New belt - New belt

100 SEEM units. 100 SEEM units.
- Re-used belt - Re-used belt

75 SEEM units. 75 SEEM units.
B1BP1B2C B1BP122C B1BP1B3C B1BP124C
155
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 156
ENGINE
C4 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT
Engines: KFU - NFU
Tools.
[1] Pliers for removing plastic pegs : 7504 -T
[2] Belt tension measuring instrument (SEEM) : 4122 -T
[3] Compression lever for dynamic tensioner : (-).0194.D
[4] Peg for dynamic tensioner roller of Ø 4 mm : (-) 0194.F
WARNING: (With or without air conditioning)
The auxiliaries drive belt cannot be re-used with a manual tensioner roller.
The auxiliaries drive belt can be re-used with a dynamic tensioner roller.
Removing.
Raise and support the vehicle, front wheels hanging.
B1BP2LSC
Disconnect the battery.
Remove the front RH wheel and the front RH splash-shield, using tool [1].
Vehicle without air conditioning.
Slacken bolts (2), screw (3) and the tensioning screw (1).
Push back the alternator towards the engine.
Remove the auxiliary equipment drive belt.
Refitting.
Refit the new auxiliary equipment drive belt.
Respect the following sequence: Crankshaft pinion, alternator pulley.
Position tool [2] on the belt.
Tighten the screw (1) to tension the belt to: 120 ± 4 SEEM units.
Tighten screw (3), bolts (2).
Remove tool [2].
B1BP2LTC Complete the refitting.
156
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 157
ENGINE
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT C4
Engine: KFU
Véhicule with air conditioning.
Removing.
Place tool [4] at «a».
Compress the dynamic tensioner roller.
Place tool [3] at «b».
Remove the auxiliary equipment drive belt.
IMPERATIVE: Check that the dynamic tensioner roller turns freely (without play and without tight
spots).
Refitting.
NOTE: Visually check the condition of the auxiliary equipment drive belt prior to refitting.
Place tool [4] at «a».
Compress the dynamic tensioner roller.
Remove tool [3].
Refit the auxiliary equipment drive belt.
Respect the following sequence:
- Crankshaft pinion, aircon compressor pulley, alternator pulley, dynamic tensioner roller.
Remove the tools.
Complete the refitting.
B1EP1GQD
157
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 158
ENGINE
XSARA PICASSO AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT
Engine: NFV
Without air conditioning
Tools.
[2] Belt tension measuring instrument : 4122 -T
[3] TORX spanner
Remove.
Release the central screw (1), tool [3].
Detension the tensioner roller (2) (flat spanner 27 on flat).
Remove the belt.
Refit.
Position the belt.
Hold the belt in position using the tensioner roller (2).
Pre-tension the belt 120 SEEM units, tool [2].
Lock the central screw (1) tool [3].
Remove the tool [2].
Rotate the crankshaft 2 to 4 times.
Check the tension, 120 SEEM units.
If not, restart the operation.
B1BP234C
158
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 159
ENGINE
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT XSARA PICASSO
Engine: NFV
With air conditioning
Tools.

[2] Belt tension measuring instrument : 4122 -T
[3] 10 mm square (drain spanner)
[4] TORX spanner
Remove.
Detension the automatic tensioner, tool [3].
Place a Ø 6 mm peg at (a) to immobilise the automatic tensioner.
Remove the belt.
Refit.
Position the belt.
Detension the automatic tensioner, tool [3].
Remove the Ø 6 mm peg.
Release the automatic tensioner.
B1BP235C
159
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 160
ENGINE
XSARA AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT
Engine: NFU
(1) Tensioner roller fixing screw

(2) Tensioning screw
- New belt: 120 SEEM units.
- Reused belt: 86.5 ± 3.5 SEEM units.
B1BP1AMC
(3) Tensioner roller fixing screw

(4) Tensioning screw
- New belt: 120 SEEM units.
- Reused belt: 86.5 ± 3.5 SEEM units.
NOTE: Removal of the tensioner roller makes it necessary to remove the plate with the upper fixing screw (5).
B1BP1ANC
160
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 161
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Tool.
[1] «Junior» T extension : (-).1608.E
Removing.
Engage tool [1] in the notch «a».
Exert on the roller (1) an effort upwards to hold it at maximum.
Remove the auxiliaries drive belt.
Carefully release the tensioner roller (1) to reach its minimum.
Remove tool [1].
IMPERATIVE: Check that the roller (1) turns freely (without play and without tight spots).
B1EP1FUD Refitting.
If removing the auxiliaries drive belt tensioner roller, tighten the screws 2 ± 0,2 m.daN.
Engage tool [1] in the notch at «a».
Exert on the roller (1) an effort upwards to hold it at maximum.
Position the (new) auxiliaries drive belt, in the following sequence:
- Auxiliaries drive pulley (4), aircon compressor pulley (3), tensioner roller (1) and alternator pulley (2).
IMPERATIVE: Make sure that the auxiliaries drive belt is correctly positioned in the grooves of
the various pulleys.
Release the tensioner roller (1).
Remove tool [1].
Checking the tension of the auxiliaries drive belt.
Check the tension of the auxiliaries drive belt:
- Mark «b» at the level of mark «c», new belt.
B1EP1FVC - Mark «b» at the level of mark «d», belt to be changed.
161
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 162
ENGINE
XSARA - XSARA PICASSO AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT
Without air conditioning Engines: 6FZ - RFN With air conditioning
Tool.
[1] Pliers for removing plastic pegs : 7504-T
Remove the belt.
Detension the belt (3) by turning the screw (2) of the tensioner roller (1) (anti-clockwise).
The screw (2) (WARNING: not left hand screw).

Remove the belt (3), while keeping the tensioner roller (1) tight.
Refit the belt.
Refit the belt (3), while keeping the tensioner roller (1) tight.
Release the tensioner roller (1).
B1BP23PC B1BP23QC B1BP23PC B1BP23RC
162
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 163
ENGINE
Engine: RFN Without air conditioning
Removing.
Raise and support the vehicle, wheels hanging.
Remove the front RH wheel, the plastic pins and the splash-shield.
Detension the belt (3) by turning the tensioner roller (1) by means of the
screw (2) (clockwise).
NOTE: Screw (2) has a left hand thread.
Compress the tensioner roller (1).
Remove the auxiliaries drive belt (3).
IMPERATIVE: Check that the rollers (4) and (5) turn freely (without play
and without tight spots).
Refitting. With air conditioning
Compress the tensioner roller (1).
Fit the auxiliaries drive belt (3).
IMPERATIVE: Make sure that the auxiliaries drive belt is correctly
positioned in the grooves of the various pulleys.
Tightening torques:
- Tensioner roller screw (4) : 2 ± 0,2 m.daN.
- Guide roller screw (5) : 3,5 ± 0,,3 m.daN.
- Wheel bolts : 9 ± 1 m.daN.
B1BP23PC B1BP23QC B1BP23RC
163
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 164
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Tools.
[1] Detensioning lever for auxiliaries drive belt tensioner roller :
Dynamic spanner extension : FACOM SJ.214
Adaptor for socket 9x12 : FACOM J.274
Polygon socket 9x12 : 016
Removing.
Remove the front RH wheel, the plastic pins and the splash-shield.
Turn the tensioner roller (1) by the screw (2) (anti-clockwise), using tool [1] to detension the belt (3).
B1BP39AC NOTE: Screw (2) has a left hand thread.
Remove the auxiliaries drive belt (3).
Refitting.
IMPERATIVE: Check that the rollers (4) and (5) turn freely (without play and without tight spots).
Refitting.
Compress the tensioner roller (1), using tool [1].
Fit the auxiliaries drive belt (3).
IMPERATIVE: Make sure that the auxiliaries drive belt is correctly positioned in the grooves of
the various pulleys.
Tightening torques:
- Tensioner roller screw (4) tighten to : 2 ± 0,2 m.daN.
- Guide roller screw (5) tighten to : 3,5 ± 0,3 m.daN.
B1BP23RC
164
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 165
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Tools.
[1] Dynamic tensioner compression lever : (-).0188.Z

[2] Peg for dynamic tensioner roller : (-).0194.F
Removing.
IMPERATIVE: Respect the safety and cleanliness requirements specific to High pressure
Diesel injection (HDi) engine versions.
Remove:
- the front RH wheel.
- the sound insulation under the engine.
- the splash-shield.
WARNING: Mark the direction of fitting of the accessories belt if it is to be re-used.

Compress the dynamic tensioner roller (1) by acting at «a» (clockwise), using tool [1].
Peg at «b». using tool [2].
Keep the dynamic tensioner roller (1) compressed and remove the auxiliaries drive belt.
IMPERATIVE: Check that the rollers (1) and (2) can turn freely (without play and without
tight spots).
B1BP2VZD
165
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 166
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Refitting.
WARNING: If the accessories belt is being re-used, respect the direction of fitting of the belt.
Refit the accessories belt.
Compress the tensioner roller (1) by acting at «a» (clockwise), using tool [1].
Remove tool [2].
IMPERATIVE: Check that the belt is correctly positioned in the grooves of the different pulleys.
Complete the refitting in the opposite direction to removal.
B1BP2VZD
166
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 167
ENGINE
Tools.
[1] Dynamic tensioner roller lever (DV6 TED4 engine) : (-).0194-E3
[1a] Dynamic tensioner roller lever (DV6 ATED4 engine) : (-).0194-E1
[1b] Lever extension (DV6 ATED4 engine) : (-).0194-E2
[2] Dynamic tensioner roller locking peg : (-).0194-F
IMPERATIVE: Respect the safety and cleanliness requirements specific to High pressure
Diesel injection (HDi) engine versions.
Markings on the dynamic tensioner roller.

B1EP18UD «a» position «maximum wear» of the auxiliaries drive belt.
«b» Nominal position.
Removing.
WARNING: Mark the direction of fitting of the auxiliaries drive belt in the case of re-use of
the belt.
Compress the dynamic tensioner roller (1) by acting at «c» (clockwise), using tool [1].
Peg using tool [2] at «d».
Keep the dynamic tensioner roller (1) compressed and remove the auxiliaries drive belt.
B1BP3ACD
167
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 168
ENGINE
Refitting.
WARNING: Belt to be re-used, mark the direction of fitting of the belt.

Refit the auxiliaries drive belt.
Compress the tensioner roller (1) by acting at «c» (clockwise), using tool [1].
Remove tool [2].
IMPERATIVE: Make sure that the auxiliaries drive belt is correctly positioned in the grooves
of the various pulleys.
B1EP18UD Refit:
- The front RH wheel.
- The sound-deadening under the engine.
- Reconnect the battery.
IMPERATIVE: Carry out the operations that are necessary following a reconnection of the
battery (see corresponding operation).
B1BP3ACD
168
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 169
ENGINE
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT XSARA PICASSO
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Tools.
[2] Peg for dynamic tensioner roller : (-).0194.F
Removing.
Remove the front RH wheel, the under-engine sounddeadening and the splash-shield.
Vehicle with air conditioning.
WARNING: Mark the direction of fitting of the accessories drive belt, if it is to be re-used.
B1BP2Z6D Compress the tensioner roller (1) by acting at «a» (clockwise), using tool [1].
Peg at «b», using tool [2].
Remove the accessories drive belt.
IMPERATIVE: Check that the rollers (1) and (2) can turn freely (without play and without tight
spots).
Refitting.
WARNING: Belt to be re-used, mark the direction of fitting of the belt.
Refit the accessories drive belt.
Compress the tensioner roller (1) by acting at «a» (clockwise), using tool [1].
Remove tool [2].
IMPERATIVE: Make sure the belt is correctly positioned in the grooves of the various pulleys.
Complete the refitting in the opposite order to removal.
B1BP2ZCD
169
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 170
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Without power-assisted steering
Tool.
[1] Belt tension measuring instrument : 4122-T
Removal.
Loosen the screws (2).
Tighten the screw (1) until it is against its stop.
Remove the belt.
Refitting.
Refit the belt.
Fit the tool [1] on the belt at "d".
Tighten the screw (1) to obtain: 106 ± 10 SEEM units.
Tighten the screws (2) to 2 m.daN.
B1BP1SDC B1BP1SEC
170
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 171
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Without power-assisted steering, with air conditioning
Tool.
Removal.
Loosen the screws (1).
Tighten the screw (2) until it is against its stop.
Remove the belt.
Refitting.
Refit the belt.
Fit the tool [1] at "e".
Tighten the screw (2) to obtain: 106 ± 10 SEEM units.
Tighten the screws (1) to 2 m.daN.
B1BP1SFC B1BP1SGC
171
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 172
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Power-assisted steering, without air conditioning
Tool.
Removal.
WARNING: If the belt is to be reused, measure the tension before removal.

Loosen:
- the screw (1).
- the nut (2).
NOTE: The tensioner arm (3) must be against the alternator.
Remove the belt.
B1BP1SHD
172
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 173
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Power-assisted steering, without air conditioning (continued)
Refitting.
Refit the belt.
Place the tool [1] on belt at "f".
WARNING: Position tool [1] with the knob downwards.

Tighten the nut (2) to obtain a value of:
Reused belt:
- Keep the value taken at removal.
New belt:
- Tension should be 110 SEEM units.
- Tighten the screw (1) to 9.5 m.daN.
- Check belt tension, using tool [1].
Tension should be 144 ± 3 SEEM units.
- Remove the tool [1].
- Start the engine and run it for 10 seconds.
- Stop the engine.
- Place the tool [1] on the belt at "f".
- Tension should be 130 ± 4 SEEM units.
- Remove the tool [1].
B1BP1SJD
173
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 174
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Power-assisted steering, with air conditioning
Tools.
[1] Dynamic tensioner peg : (-) 0188 H
Removal.
Peg the dynamic tensioner (1) at "a", using tool [1].
Loosen the screw (2) of the roller (3).
Turn the roller (3) backwards.
Remove the belt.
NOTE: If it can not be pegged at "a":
- Loosen the screw (2) of the roller (3).
- Using a 7 mm square drive, turn the roller (3) at "b".
- Peg the tensioner (1) at "a", using tool [1].
NOTE: If the belt is broken:
- Support the engine using a jack (insert a wooden block between the housing and the jack).
- Remove the right engine support.
- Using a square drive at (b) turn the tool (3) in the direction of the arrow "a", so that it can be
pegged at "a" using the tool [1].
B1BP1SKC
174
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 175
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Power-assisted steering, with air conditioning (continued)
Refitting.
Refit the belt.
Using a 7 mm square drive at "b", turn the roller (3), until the tool [1] located at "a" becomes
free.
Tighten the screw (2).
B1BP1SLC
175
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 176
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Tools.
[1] Belt tension adjusting square : (-).0188 J2
[2] Ø 4 mm peg : (-).0188.Q1
[3] Ø 2 mm peg : (-).0188.Q2
Removing.
Re-use of belt.
WARNING: Mark the direction the belt was fiited in case of re-use of the same belt.
Compress the tensioner roller (2) by action at «a» (in anti-clockwise direction), tool [4].
Keep the tensioner roller (2) compressed and remove the belt.
No re-use of belt.
Peg using tool [2] at «b».
Keep the tensioner roller (2) compressed and remove the belt.
Loosen the screw (1).
B1BP1YKD
176
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 177
ENGINE
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT XSARA - XSARA PICASSO
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Without air conditioning (continued)
Refitting.
Re-used belt.
Refit the belt.
WARNING: Respect the belt-fitting direction.
New belt.
Refit the belt.
Turn the eccentric roller (3), tool [1] (clockwise) to free the tool [2] from
its pegging at «b».
Hold the eccentric roller (3), tool [1] and tighten the screw (1) to 4.3 m.daN.
Rotate the crankshaft 4 times in the direction of rotation.
Check that it is possible to peg at «b», tool [3].
If not possible to peg, restart the adjustment.
B1BP1YMD
177
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 178
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Tools.
[1] Belt tension adjusting square : (-).0188 J2
[2] Ø 4 mm peg : (-).0188.Q1
[3] Ø 2 mm peg : (-).0188.Q2
Removal.
Re-use of belt.
WARNING: Mark the direction the belt was fitted in case of re-use of the same belt.
Compress the tensioner roller (7) by moving it at «c» (in anti-clockwise direction), tool [4].
Hold the tensioner roller (7) compressed and remove the belt.
No re-use of belt.
Compress the tensioner roller (7) by moving it at «c» (in anti-clockwise direction), tool [4].
Peg using tool [2], at «d».
Loosen the screw (6).
Bring the eccentric roller (5) towards the rear.
Tighten the screw (6) by hand.
Remove the belt.
B1BP1YLD
178
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 179
ENGINE
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT XSARA - XSARA PICASSO
Engines: RHY - RHZ
With air conditioning (continued)
Refitting.
Re-used belt.
Compress the tensioner roller (7) by action at «c» (in anti-clockwise direction), tool [4].
Refit the belt.
WARNING: Respect the direction belt was fitted.

New belt.
Refit the belt.
Turn the eccentric roller (5), tool [1] (clockwise) to free the tool [2] from its pegging
at «d».
Hold the eccentric roller (5), tool [1] and tighten the screw (6) to 4.3 m.daN.
Rotate the crankshaft 4 times in the direction of rotation.
Check that it is possible to peg at «d», tool [3].
If not possible to peg, restart the adjustment.
B1BP1YND
179
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 180
ENGINE
JUMPER AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT DRIVE BELT
Engines: RHV - 4HY
Tools.
[1] Dynamic tensioner compression lever : (-).0188.Z.
[2] Dynamic tensioner roller retaining peg Ø 4 mm : (-).0188.Q1
Removing.
Remove the splash-shield, under-engine sound-deadening, front RH wheel.
WARNING: Mark the direction of fitting of the auxiliaries drive belt in the case of
re-use of the belt.
Compress the dynamic tensioner roller (1) by acting at «b» (anti-clockwise), using tool [1].
Peg using tool [2] at «a».
IMPERATIVE : Check that the roller (1) turns freely (without play and without tight
spots).
Refitting.
Refit the auxiliaries drive belt.
IMPERATIVE: Make sure that the auxiliaries drive belt is correctly positioned in
the grooves of the various pulleys.
Compress the dynamic tensioner roller (1) by acting at «b», using tool [1].
Remove tool [2] at «a».
B1BP2J5D
180
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 181
ENGINE
CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING
TU ET TU EW
3 5 7 10
JP J4 JP+ JP4 J4 A J4 J4S
Engine type KFW KFU NFV NFU 6FZ RFJ RFN RFK
C4 X X X X X
XSARA X X X
XSARA PICASSO X X X
See pages: 185 to 187 188 to 192 185 to 187 197 to 202 193 to 196 217 to 223 103 to 209 210 to 216 217 to 223 224 to 231
181
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 182
ENGINE
CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING
DV DW
4 6 8 10
TD TED4 ATED4 B TD ATED BTED4
Engine type 8HX 8HZ 9HY 9HZ 9HY 9HZ 9HX WJY RHY RHZ RHR
C4 X X X X
XSARA
X X X X X
XSARA PICASSO X X X
See pages: 232 to 239 240 to 248 249 to 258 240 to 248 259 to 263 264 to 270 271 to 278
182
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 183
ENGINE
BELT TENSION CORRESPONDANCE TABLE / SEEM UNITS
! 4099-T (C.TRONIC.105) @ Tools # 4122-T (C.TRONIC.105.5) !
183
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 184
ENGINE
RECOMMENDATIONS: TIMING BELT
Recommendations.
IMPERATIVE: After any repair involving removal of the timing belt, systematically replace:
- The timing belt.

- The tensioner roller fixing nut.
184
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 185
ENGINE
CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING XSARA - XSARA PICASSO
Engines: KFW - NFV
Tools.
[1] Flywheel peg : 4507-T.A
[2] Camshaft pulley peg : 4507-T.B Toolkit 4507-T
[3] Square : 4507-T.J
[5] Valve rocker thrust plate : 4533-T.Z
Checking the timing.
Peg the flywheel, using tool [1].
Peg the camshaft pulley, using tool [2].
Setting the timing.
NOTE: Remove the sparking plugs, to ease rotation of the crankshaft.
Rotate the engine by means of the crankshaft screw (1).
Peg the camshaft pinion.
Peg the flywheel
Slacken the nut (2).
Fullt detension the belt by acting on the tensioner roller.
Remove the belt.
IMPERATIVE: Check that the tensioner roller turns freely (no tight spot).
B1EP067C B1EP066C B1EP068C
185
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 186
ENGINE
XSARA - XSARA PICASSO CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING
Engines: KFW - NFV
Refitting the timing belt.

NOTE : Check that the pegs [1] and [2] are in place.
WARNING: Respect the direction of fitting of the belt: The arrows "a" indicate the direction of rotation of
the crankshaft.
Position:
-The timing belt, belt "b" well-tensioned in the following order: Crankshaft pinion, camshaft pulley, coolant pump
pulley, tensioner roller.
- Tool [5] (respect the direction of fitting relative to the valve timing).
B1EP069C
- Put the tensioner roller in contact with the belt.
- Tighten the nut (2).
Pre-tensioning the belt.
Place tool [4] on the tensioned part "b" of the belt.
Slacken the screw (2).
Turn the roller (3) in the anti-clockwise direction using the drive square, to obtain a value of: 44 SEEM units.
Tighten the nut (2) to 2 m.daN.
Remove tools [1], [2] and [4].
Rotate the crankshaft 4 turns in the normal direction of rotation.
IMPERATIVE: Never turn the crankshaft backwards.
B1EP06AC
186
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 187
ENGINE
Engines: KFW - NFV
Pre-tensioning the timing belt (continued).

Make sure of the timing setting by refitting the pegs [1] and [2].
Remove the valve cover.
Position the tool [5] (respect the direction of fitting relative to the valve timing).
Adjusting the belt tension.
Place tool [4] on the tensioned part of the belt.
Detension the belt, but too much.
Tension the timing belt to obtain a value of: 31 ± 2 SEEM units.
Tighten the nut (2) to 2 m.daN.
Remove tools [1], [2], [4] and [5].
Checking the belt tension.
Rotate the crankshaft 2 turns in the normal direction of rotation.
Check that it is still possible to peg the following components.
Flywheel.
Camshaft.
IMPERATIVE: Repeat the belt tensioning operation if the pegging is not possible.
187
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 188
ENGINE
C4 CHECKING THE VALVE TIMING
Engine: KFU
Tools.
[1] Flywheel setting peg : 4507-TA. Toolkit 4507-T

[2] Camshaft setting peg : 4533-TA.C1
[3] Camshaft setting peg : (-).0194.A
IMPERATIVE: Respect the safety and cleanliness requirements.
Checking.
B1BP37JC Deconnect the battery.

Remove:
- The engine cover.
- The upper timing cover (1).
- The oil filter (2).
Remove the sparking plugs to facilitate rotation of the engine.
Turn the engine by means of the crankshaft screw.
IMPERATIVE: Never turn the engine backwards.
Suspend the engine.
Remove:
- The screws (3), the upper RH engine support (4) and the screws (5).
B1BP37KC
188
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 189
ENGINE
CHECKING THE VALVE TIMING C4
Engine: KFU
Checking (continued).
Position the tools [3] and [2].
NOTE: If the setting is not correct, recommence the operation.

B1BP2ZMC
Remove the tools.
B1BP2MBC
189
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 190
ENGINE
C4 CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING
Engine: KFU
Tools.
[1] Flywheel setting peg : 4507-T.A
[2] Camshaft setting peg : 4533-T.AC1
[4] Belt retaining pin : 4533-TA.D
Setting the timing.

B1BP37QD Disconnect the battery.
Remove the engine cover.
Remove:
- The accessories drive belt (3) (see corresponding operation).
- The crankshaft pulley, the engine cover.
Remove the sparking plugs to facilitate rotation of the engine.
Suspend the engine.
Remove the screws (4), the upper RH engine support (5) and the screws (6).
B1BP37RC
190
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 191
ENGINE
CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING C4
Engine: KFU
Setting the timing (continued).

Rotate the engine by means of the crankshaft screw
(clockwise), to bring it to the pegging position.
Position the tools [2] and [3].
Remove the engine support assembly (9), the fixing
screw (8) and the lower cover (7).
Fully detension the belt by moving the tensioner
roller (10).
B1BP2MBC B1CP0GLD
Remove the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE: Check that the tensioner roller
turns freely (no tight spot).
Refitting.
Position the (new) timing belt, in the following
sequence:
- The inlet camshaft pulley, the exhaust camshaft
pulley, the guide roller, the crankshaft pulley, position
the tool [4], the coolant pump pulley, the dynamic
tensioner roller.
Remove the tools [1], [2], [3] and [4].
B1BP2ZMC B1CP0GMD
191
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 192
ENGINE
Engine: KFU
Overtension on the belt.
Position «a»: Tensioner roller in detensioned position.
Position «b»: Tensioner roller in normal position.
Position «c»: Tensioner roller in overtension position.
Turn the tensioner roller (10), using an allen spanner at «e».
Place the index «d» in position «c», hold the belt to the maximum of the interval indicated.
Tighten the tensioner roller fixing nut to 2,1 ± 0,2 m.daN.
Rotate the crankshaft four turns (normal direction of rotation).
IMPERATIVE: Never turn it backwards.
Check the timing setting by refitting the pegs [1], [2] and [3].
B1EP1DTC Remove the pegs [1], [2] and [3].
Adjusting the fitting tension of the timing belt.
Slacken the nut, holding the position of the tensioner roller, using an allen spanner at «e».
Bring the index «d» to its adjustment position at «b».
WARNING: The index «d» should not go past the notch «b». If it does, repeat the operation
to tension the timing belt.
Maintain the roller (10) in this position, using an allen spanner.
IMPERATIVE: The tensioner roller should not turn during the tightening of its fixing. If it
does, repeat the operation to tension the timing belt.
B1EP1DUC
192
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 193
ENGINE
CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING XSARA
Engine: NFU
Tools.

[2] Flywheel locating peg : 4507-T.A
[3] Camshaft pulley locating peg, exhaust : 4533-T.A C2 Tool kit 4507-T
[4] Camshaft pulley locating peg, inlet : 4533-T.A C1
[5] Tensioning tool : 4707-T.J
B1EP11BC Checking the valve timing.

Peg the flywheel using the tool [2].
Peg the exhaust camshaft pulley [3].
Peg the inlet camshaft pulley [4].
Setting the valve timing.

Peg the flywheel using the tool [2].
Peg the camshaft pulleys [3] and [4].
B1EP11CC
193
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 194
ENGINE
XSARA CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING
Engine: NFU
Loosen the screw (2), remove the belt.

Loosen the six pulley screws (1) on the hubs (there should be a slight amount of friction between the screws and
the pinions).
Check that the rollers (2) and (3) rotate freely.
NOTE: The belt bears three identification marks (a), (b) and (c), facing its own teeth (1), (52) and (72) respectively
B1EP11DC (identification marks = white paint lines on the back of the belt facing the corresponding teeth).
Refit the belt.

Line up mark (A) on the belt with groove (D) of the pinion (4).
Hold the belt against the pinion (4).
B1EP11EC
194
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 195
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Turn the two pulleys (1) clockwise to the end of the slots.
With the belt strip (e) fully tensioned, place the belt over the pulley, first exhaust side, then inlet side, while
ensuring that marks (b) and (c) on the belt are aligned with marks (f) on the pulleys.
Hold the belt in this position and engage it over the water pump pinion and the tensioner roller.
Fit the tool [1] on the belt at (e).

B1EP11FC Rotate the roller (2) (using tool [5]) in an anti-clockwise direction, to obtain: 63 SEEM units.
Tighten the roller (2) to 2 m.daN.
Tighten the six screws (5) to 1 m.daN.
Essential: Check that:

- The camshaft pulleys (1) are not at the end of the slots (by removing a screw).
- The markings on the belt are aligned with the markings on the crankshaft and camshaft pulleys.
If not, repeat the setting procedure.
B1EP11GC
195
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 196
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Remove the tools [1], [2], [3] and [4].

Rotate the engine by four turns in the normal direction (do not turn backwards).
Peg the flywheel [2].
Loosen the six screws (5), while ensuring there is still a slight amount of friction with the pulley.
Peg the camshaft hubs using pegs [3] and [4].
WARNING: In certain cases, it may be necessary to slightly turn the camshaft using the hub fixing screw.
Fit the tool [1].

Loosen the tensioner roller screw (2).
Rotate the roller (2) (using tool [5]) in an anti-clockwise direction to obtain: 37 SEEM units.
Tighten the tensioner roller screw (2) to 2 m.daN.
Tighten the six pulley screws (1) to 1 m.daN.
Remove the tools.
196
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 197
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Tools.
[1] Flywheel setting peg : 4507-T.A Toolkit 4507-T

[2a] Camshaft setting peg : 4533-TA.C1
[3b] Camshaft setting peg : 4533-TA.C2
Checking.
B1BP2M7C Disconnect the negative terminal of the battery.
Remove:
- Suspend the engine.
Remove:
- The engine support (2) and the upper timing cover (3).
B1BP381C
197
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 198
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Remove the sparking plugs, to facilitate rotation of the crankshaft.
Rotate the engine by means of the crankshaft pinion screw (clockwise) to bring it to the pegging
position.
Fit the tools [2a] and [2b].

B1EP170C
NOTE: If the setting proves impossible, restart the timing setting operation.
Remove the tools [1], [2a] and [2b].
B1BP2MBC
198
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 199
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Tools.
[1] Flywheel setting peg : 4507-T.A Toolkit 4507-T
[2a] Camshaft setting peg : 4533-TA.C1
[2b] Camshaft setting peg : 4533-TA.C2
[3] Belt retaining pin : 4533-T.AD
[4] Dynamic tensioner roller pin : 4200-T.H
Removing.
Raise and support the vehicle, front wheels hanging
Remove:
- The auxiliaries drive belt (4) (see corresponding operation).
- The crankshaft pulley (3).
- The oil filter.
Suspend the engine, using a workshop hoist.
Remove the timing cover, the engine support (1), the intermediate support and the timing cover (2).
B1BP382C
199
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 200
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Position the tools [2a] and [2b].
Slacken the tensioner roller.

Turn the dynamic tensioner roller so as to be able
to position the tool [4], with the aid of an Allen key
placed at «a».
Turn the tensioner roller towards the right to bring

B1BP2MBC B1EP18PC
it to the index «c» in position «b».
Peg the tensioner roller in this position in order to

slacken the timing belt to the maximum.
IMPERATIVE: Never make the dynamic tensioner

roller turn by a complete rotation.
Remove the timing belt (8).
Check that the rollers and the pump pulley turn

freely (no tight spot).
B1EP170C B1EP18QC
200
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 201
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Refitting.
Fit the (new) timing belt in position, in the following order:

- Inlet camshaft pulley, exhaust camshaft pulley, guide roller, crankshaft pulley, position tool [5],
coolant pump pulley, dynamic tensioner roller.
Remove tools [1], [2a], [2b] and [4].
Overtension on the belt.
Turn the tensioner roller (7) with the aid of a hexagonal spanner at «a».
Bring the index «c» to position «d», to tension the belt to the maximum of the interval indicated.
Hold the tensioner roller, using tool [4].
Tighten the fixing nut of the tensioner roller, tightening to 1 m.daN.
Turn the crankshaft by 4 rotations (normal direction of rotation).
IMPERATIVE: Never make the crankshaft rotate backwards.
Make sure that the timing is correctly set by refitting the pegs [1], [2a] and [2b].
Remove the pegs [1], [2a], [2b] and [4].
B1EP1DPC
201
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 202
ENGINE
Engine: NFU
Adjusting the fitting tension of the timing belt.
Slacken the nut while maintaining the position of the tensioner roller, with the aid of a hexagonal
spanner at «a».
Next bring the index «c» to its adjusting position «e».
WARNING: The index «c» must not go beyond the notch «e». If it should do this, restart the
timing belt tensioning operation.
Hold the tensioner roller in this position with the aid of a hexagonal spanner.
Tighten the tensioner roller fixing nut to 2.2 ± 0.2 m.daN.
IMPERATIVE: The tensioner roller must not rotate during the tightening of its fixing. If it
does, restart the timing belt tensioning operation.
Refitting.
Refit the timing covers, the crankshaft pulley, the auxiliaries drive belt (see corresponding operation).
B1EP1HHC
202
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 203
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Tools.
[1] Camshaft pinion peg : (-).0194.A

[2] Crankshaft setting peg : (-).0189.R

Remove the front RH wheel, the plastic pins holding the splash-shield, the splash-shield itself.
B1BP2V3D
A: Pegging on the manual gearbox.
B: Pegging on the automatic gearbox.
Turn the engine by means of the crankshaft pinion screw, to bring it to the pegging position.
B1BP38VC
203
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 204
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Peg the crankshaft, using tool [2].

Remove the RH engine support, the upper timing cover.
Peg the camshaft pulleys, using tool [1].
NOTE: The pegs [1] should go in without forcing.
WARNING: If the pegs go in only with difficulty, repeat the operation for fitting and tensioning
B1BP2V3D the timing belt (see corresponding operation).
Refitting.
Remove tools [1] and [2].

B1BP38VC
204
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 205
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Tools.
[1] Camshaft setting peg : (-).0194.B
[3] Timing belt retaining pin : (-) 0189.K
[4] Adaptor for angular tightening : 4069-T
[5] Hub immobilising tool : (-).0189.S
[5a] : (-).0189.S1
[5b] : (-).0189.S2
Pliers for removing plastic pins : 7504-T
Checking and setting the timing.
Removing.
Disconnect the negative terminal of the battery (see corresponding operation).
Remove the auxiliaries drive belt (see corresponding operation).
Unclip and move aside the fuel supply hose from the timing cover.
Suspend the engine by means of a workshop hoist.
Remove the RH engine support and the timing cover (1).
Turn the engine by means of the screw (3) of the crankshaft pinion (2) to bring it to the pegging
position.
B1BP310C
205
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 206
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Checking and setting the timing (continued).


Remove the fixing bracket screw (4).
Move aside the power steering pipes.
Peg the camshaft pulleys (6) and (7), using tool [1].
B1BP2V3D Remove the screw (3), the crankshaft pulley (2) and
the lower timing cover (5).
IMPERATIVE: Never remove the crankshaft

pulley (2), without pegging the crankshaft and
the camshafts.
Slacken the screw (10) of the tensioner roller (9).

Turn the tensioner roller (9) (clockwise).
B3EP15JC B1EP1G1D
206
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 207
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Refitting.
Turn the tensioner roller (9), using tool [5a] to go past the notch «b».
Position the tool [5b] to lock the index «a» and remove the tool [5a].
NOTE: Check the presence of the crankshaft pinion keyway (12) before positioning the timing belt.
Reposition the timing belt (8) on the crankshaft pinion (1).
Hold the timing belt in place (8) using tool [3].
Put the timing belt (8) in place, in the following sequence:
B1EP1G2D
- Guide roller (11).
- Inlet camshaft pulley (7).
- Exhaust camshaft pulley (6).
- Coolant pump (13).
- Tensioner roller (9).
NOTE: Make sure that the timing belt (8) is as flush as possible with the outer faces of the various
pinions and rollers.
Remove tools [3], [1] and [5b].
Refit the lower timing cover (5), the pulley (2) and the screw (3) of the crankshaft pulley.
Tighten the screw (3) to 4 ± 0,4 m.daN.
Angular tighten 40° ± 4°, using tool [4].
B1EP1G3C
207
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 208
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Tensioning the timing belt.

Refitting (continued).
Turn the tensioner roller (9) anti-clockwise, using a hexagonal spanner at «c».
Place the index «a» in position «e».
IMPERATIVE: The index «a» should go past the slot «f» by an angular value of 10°.
If it does not, replace the tensioner roller or the tensioner roller and timing belt assembly.
Then bring the index «a» to its adjustment position «f», by turning the tensioner roller in the direction of
the arrow «d».
B1EP1G4C
WARNING: The index «a» must not go past the slot «f».
If it does, restart the operation to tension the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE: The tensioner roller must not turn during the tightening of its fixing.
If it does turn, restart the operation to tension the timing belt.
Tighten the screw (10) of the tensioner roller (9) to 2,1 ± 0,2 m.daN.
IMPERATIVE: The hexagonal tensioner roller drive should be at approx. 15° below the level
of the cylinder head gasket «g».
Otherwise, replace the tensioner roller or the tensioner roller and timing belt assembly.
B1EP1G5C
208
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 209
ENGINE
Engine: RFJ
Remove the tools [1] and [2].

Rotate the crankshaft ten times (normal direction of rotation).
IMPERATIVE: No exterior pressure or action should be applied on the timing belt.
Peg the inlet camshaft pulley, using tool [1].
Checking.
Timing belt tension.
IMPERATIVE: Check the position of the index «a», it should be opposite the slot «f». If the position of the index «a» is not correct, repeat
the operations to tension the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE: Carry out the operations that are necessary following a reconnection of the battery (see corresponding operation).
209
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 210
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Tools.


Removing.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove the front RH wheel, the splash-shield and the upper timing cover.
Turn the engine by means of the crankshaft pinion screw, to bring it to the pegging
position.
Unclip the fuel supply hose from the timing cover.
B1BP36QD
210
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 211
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Checking the timing (continued).

Remove the engine support (2) and the timing cover (1).
B1EP1GTC WARNING: If the pegs go in only with difficulty, repeat the operation for fitting and tensioning
the timing belt (see corresponding operation).
B1EP1GUC
211
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 212
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Tools.
[5a] : (-).0189.S1
[5b] : (-).0189.S2
Removing.
Remove the timing cover (1).
Turn the engine by means of the screw (3) of the crankshaft pinion (2) to bring it to the pegging
position.
B1BP2V4C
212
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 213
ENGINE
Engine: RFN


Remove the fixing bracket screw (4).
Remove the screw (3), the crankshaft pulley (2) and
B1BP2V3D
the lower timing cover (5).
IMPERATIVE: Never remove the crankshaft

pulley (2), without pegging the crankshaft and
the camshafts.

B3EP15JC B1EP1G8D
213
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 214
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Refitting.
Hold the timing belt in place (10) using tool [3].
B1EP1G9D - Inlet camshaft pulley (7).
NOTE: Make sure that the timing belt (10) is as flush as possible with the outer faces of the
various pinions and rollers.
B1EP1GAC
214
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 215
ENGINE
Engine: RFN
Turn the tensioner roller (9) in the direction of the arrow «c», using a hexagonal spanner at «d».
Place the index «a» in position «f».
IMPERATIVE: The index «a» should go past the slot «g» by an angular value of 10°.
Then bring the index «a» to its adjustment position «g», by turning the tensioner roller in the direction of
the arrow «e».
WARNING: The index «a» must not go past the slot «g».
B1EP1GBC If it does, restart the operation to tension the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE: The tensioner roller must not turn during the tightening of its fixing.
If it does turn, restart the operation to tension the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE: The hexagonal tensioner roller drive should be at approx. 15° below the level of
the cylinder head gasket «h».
B1EP1GCC
215
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 216
ENGINE
Engine: RFN

Checking.
IMPERATIVE: Check the position of the index «a», it should be opposite the slot «g». If the position of the index «a» is not correct,
repeat the operations to tension the timig belt.
216
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 217
ENGINE
Engines: 6FZ - RFN
Tools.
[1] Camshaft setting peg : (-) 0189.A
[3] Timing belt retaining pin : (-).0189.K
[5] Tool for moving and locking the tensioner roller : (-).0189.S
[5a] : (-).0189.S1
[5b] : (-).0189 S2
Checking the setting of the timing.
Removing.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal (see corresponding operation).
Remove:
- The plastic pins (1).
- The splash-shield (2).
- The upper timing cover.
C4AP12TC
217
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 218
ENGINE
Engines: 6FZ - RFN
Checking the setting of the timing (continued).


B1BP2V3D
NOTE: The pegs [3] should go in without effort.
WARNING: If the pegs go in only with difficulty, repeat the operation for fitting and
tensioning the timing belt (see corresponding operation).
Refitting.
B1EP1BAC
Complete the refitting in reverse order to removal.
218
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 219
ENGINE
Engines: 6FZ - RFN
Setting the timing.
Removing.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal (see corresponding operation).
Remove:
- The splash-shield (2).
- The accessories drive belt (see corresponding operation).
Unclip and move aside the fuel delivery hose from the timing cover.
Remove the upper timing cover (1).
Turn the engine by means of the screw (3) of the crankshaft pulley (2) to bring it to the pegging position.
B1BP2V4C
219
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 220
ENGINE
Engines: 6FZ - RFN

Peg:
- The crankshaft, using tool [2].
- The camshaft pulleys (5) and (6), using tool [1].
Remove:
- The screw (3) of the crankshaft pulley (2).
- The lower timing cover (4) (by moving the engine).
IMPERATIVE: Never remove the crankshaft pulley (2) without pegging the crankshaft
and the camshafts.
IMPERATIVE: Systematically replace the following components: timing belt, exhaust

manifold fixing nuts, timing belt tensioner roller nut.
B1BP2V3D B1EP1BBD
220
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 221
ENGINE
Engines: 6FZ - RFN

Turn the tensioner roller (8), using tool [5a] to go beyond slot «b».
Reposition the timing belt (7) on the crankshaft pulley.
Hold the timing belt (7) in place using tool [3].
Fit the timing belt (7) in place, respecting the following order:
-Tensioner roller (8).
NOTE: Make so that the belt (7) is as flush as possible with the exterior face of the various
Remove:
- Tool [3].
- Tool [1] from the exhaust camshaft pulley.
- Tool [5b] from the tensioner roller (8).
Refit:
- The lower timing cover (4) (by moving the engine).
- Screw (3) of the crankshaft pulley.
Tighten screw (3) to 4 ± 0,4 m.daN, then angular tighten to 53° ± 4°, tool [4].
B1EP1BCD B1EP1BDC
221
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 222
ENGINE
Engines: 6FZ - RFN
Turn the tensioner roller (8) in the direction of the arrow «c», by means of a hexagonal spanner at «d».
IMPERATVE: The index «a» should go past the slot «g» by an angular value of 10°.
If it does not, replace the tensioner roller or the timing belt and tensioner roller assembly.
Next bring the index «a» to its adjusting position «g», by turning the tensioner roller in the direction of
the arrow «e».
WARNING: the index «a» should not pass the slot «g».
B1EP1BEC Otherwise, repeat the operation to tension the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE: The tensioner roller should not turn during the tightening of its fixing.
If it does, repeat the operation to tension the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE: The hexagonal tensioner roller drive should be approx. 15° below the level of the cylinder
head gasket «h».
If it is not, replace the tensioner roller or the timing belt and tensioner roller assembly.
B1EP1BFC
222
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 223
ENGINE
Engines: 6FZ - RFN
IMPERATIVE: No pressure or outside force should be brought to bear on the timing belt.
Checks.
B1EP1BEC
Tension of the timing belt.
ESSENTIAL: Check the position of the index «a», which should be opposite the slot «g».
If the position of the index «a» is not correct, repeat the operations to tension the timing belt.
Refit the upper timing cover (1).

Clip the fuel delivery hose on the timing cover.
Refit the accessories drive belt (see corresponding operation).
Lower the vehicle.
Reconnect the battery (see corresponding operation).
B1EP1BFC
223
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 224
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Tools.
Removing.
Remove the front RH wheel and the splash-shield.
Unclip:
- The fuel supply hose from the upper timing cover.
- The fuel vapour re-induction circuit.
B1BP2V5D
224
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 225
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Remove:
- The RH engine support.
- The upper timing cover.
WARNING: If the pegs go in only with difficulty, repeat the operation for fitting and tensioning
the timing belt (see corresponding operation).
Remove the pegs [1] and [2].
IMPERATIVE: Carry out the operations that are necessary following a reconnection of the battery
(see corresponding operation).
B1EP1GRC
225
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 226
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Tools.
[5a] : (-).0189.S1
[5b] : (-).0189.S2
B3EP15YC IMPERATIVE: Respect the safety and cleanliness requirements.
Removing.
Remove the screw (1).
Turn the engine by means of the screw (4) of the crankshaft pinion (3) to bring it to the pegging position.
B1BP36YC
226
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 227
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Peg the crankshaft using tool [2].
B1BP36YC
Remove:
- The upper RH engine support.
B1BP2V5D
227
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 228
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Remove:
- The screw (4).
- The lower timing cover (5).
IMPERATIVE: Never remove the crankshaft pulley (3), without pegging the
crankshaft and the camshafts.
B1EP1GWD
228
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 229
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Refitting.
Hold the timing belt (8) in place, using tool [3].
B1EP1GXD
NOTE: Make sure that the timing belt (8) is as flush as possible with the outer faces of the various
B1EP1GAC
229
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 230
ENGINE
Engine: RFK
Turn the tensioner roller (9) anti-clockwise, using a hexagonal spanner at «c».
Place the index «a» in position «e».
IMPERATIVE: The index «a» should go past the slot «f» by an angular value of 10°.
Then bring the index «a» to its adjustment position «f», by turning the tensioner roller in the direction
of the arrow «d».
B1EP1GXD WARNING: The index «a» must not go past the slot «f».
If it does, restart the operation to tension the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE : The tensioner roller must not turn during the tightening of its fixing. If it does
turn, restart the operation to tension the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE: The hexagonal tensioner roller drive should be at approx. 15° below the level of
the cylinder head gasket «g».
B1EP1GZC
230
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 231
ENGINE
Engine: RFK

Refit the upper RH engine support.
Remove the workshop hoist.
Suspend the engine using a workshop hoist.
Remove the upper RH engine support.
Checking.
IMPERATIVE: Check the position of the index «a», it should be opposite the slot «f». If the position of the index «a» is not correct, repeat
the operations to tension the timig belt.
231
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 232
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Tools.
[1] Pliers for removing plastic pegs : 7504-T
[2] Lever for detensioning the dynamic tensioner roller : (-).0194.E
[3] Engine flywheel setting peg : (-).0194.C
[5] Crankshaft and high pressure pump setting peg : (-).0194.A
Preliminary operations.
Remove:
- The front RH splash-shield, using tool [1].
- The clips of the electrical harness on the upper timing cover.
- The accessories belt, using tool [2] (see corresponding operation).
Checking the setting.
Disconnect the battery negative cable.
Rotate the engine using the screw (2) of the crankshaft pulley.
NOTE: The locking hole is located under the crankshaft bearing cap cover.
Undo the screw (2).
Detension the auxiliary drive belt dynamic tensioner roller, using tool [2].
B1BP2LXC
232
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 233
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Checking the setting (continued).
Remove:
- The accessories drive belt.
- The accessories drive pulley.
IMPERATIVE: The magnetic track should show no signs of damage
and should not be approached by any other source of magnetism.
Reposition the screw (2).
Remove tool [3].
Rotate the engine by means of the crankshaft pinion screw (2)
Position the tool [4].
Peg the crankshaft pinion (1), using tool [5].
Peg the high pressure pump pinion, using tool [5].
NOTE: Index «a» of the roller tensioner must be centred within
the area «b».
Check the correct positioning of index «a».
Rotate the engine ten times.
Fit the tools [4] and [5].
If pegging is not possible, carry out the operation to remove/refit the
timing belt (see corresponding operation).
B1JP03SC B1EP18DC B1EP18EC B1EP18FC
233
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 234
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Setting the timing.

Rotate the engine by means of the crankshaft screw (2).
NOTE: The pegging hole is located under the crankshaft bearing cap cover.
Peg the engine flywheel, using tool [3].
Remove the lower timing cover (3).
Uncouple the exhaust line from the manifold.
IMPERATIVE: Uncouple the exhaust line in order to avoid damaging the front flexible pipe. Twisting,
pulling and bending the front flexible pipe reduces its life.
Remove:
- The engine speed sensor (6).
- The belt retaining stop (5).
- The screw (2).
- The crankshaft pinion (4) (with its magnetic track «a»).
IMPERATIVE: The magnetic track should show no signs of damage and should not be approached
by any other source of magnetism. Should this not be adhered to, it is essential to replace the
crankshaft pinion.
Refit the screw (2).
B1BP2LXC B1EP18GC
234
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 235
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Rotate the engine by means of the crankshaft pinion screw (2)

Peg:
- The crankshaft pinion (6), using tool [5].
- The high pressure pump pinion, using tool [5].
Support the engine with the aid of a roller jack equipped with a chock.
Remove:
- The RH engine support (7).
- The intermediate engine support (right hand side) (8).
B1JP03SC B1EP18DC B1EP195C B1BP2LYC
235
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 236
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ

Hold the tensioner roller, using a hexagonal spanner at «b».
Slacken the screw (9).
Refitting.
IMPERATIVE: Check that both the tensioner roller and the fixed roller turn
freely (no tight spots) . If this is not the case, replace the rollers.
Fitting of the pulleys.
- Camshaft pulley : Tighten to 4,3 ± 0,4 m.daN.
- Fuel high pressure pump pulley : Tighten to 5 ± 0,5 m.daN.
The crankshaft pinion is located without a screw at the end of the crankshaft.
Fitting of the rollers.
IMPERATIVE: Check that the tensioner roller turns freely (no tight spot) .
Otherwise, replace the rollers.
- Guide roller : Tighten to 4,5 ± 0,4 m.daN.

- Tensioner roller : Pre-tighten to 0,1 m.daN.
Check the condition of the seals at the camshaft and at the crankshaft pinion.
B1EP18HC
236
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 237
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
NOTE: Screw (9) slackened.
Position the timing belt (10) observing the following sequence:
- Crankshaft pinion (4).
- Camshaft pulley (11) (check that the belt is held correctly against the roller).
- Coolant pump pinion (13).
- Fuel high pressure pump pulley (15).
B1EP18JD
237
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 238
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Turn the tensioner roller to the right to bring the index «c» to position «d», using
a hexagonal spanner.
Tighten the screw (9) of the tensioner roller, tighten to 3 ± 0,3 m.daN.
Rotate the engine ten times (check that the timing pinion is correctly up against
the crankshaft).
Check:
- The pegging of the camshaft.
- The crankshaft pinion.
- The fuel high pressure pump pinion (15).
- The correct positioning of the index of the dynamic tensioner.
If these are not correct, repeat the operation to position the timing belt.
Refit:
- The belt retaining stop (5), tighten to 0,7 m.daN.
B1EP18KC
238
Angl.-t2-page135-239-2005 9/01/06 10:14 Page 239
ENGINE
Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Refit:
- The intermediate RH engine support, tighten the screws (16) to 5,5 ± 0,5 m.daN.
- The RH engine support, tighten the screws (17) to 4,5 ± 0,4 m.daN.
- The bottom timing cover (3).
Immobilise the engine flywheel, using tool [3].

Refit the accessories drive pulley and tighten to:
- Pre-tighten to : 3 ± 0,3 m.daN.
- Angular tighten to : 180° ± 1,8°.
Remove tool [3].
Refit:
- The top cover (1).
- The accessories belt (see corresponding operation).
- The exhaust line (see corresponding operation).
- The front RH splash-shield.
B1EP18LC B1BP2LZC
239
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 240
ENGINE
Tools.
[1] Flywheel setting peg : (-).0194.C
[3] Crankshaft setting peg : (-).0194.A
IMPERATIVE: Respect the safety and cleanliness requirements specific to High pressure Diesel
injection (HDi) engine versions.
B1BP38TD Checking and setting the timing.

Uncouple:
- The fuel supply unions (1).
- The air/air heat exchanger inlet and outlet pipes (3).
- The exhaust line at the catalytic converter flexible pipe.
- Disconnect the connecteur at «a».
Remove the accessories drive belt (see corresponding operation).
Support the engine with a roller jack equipped with a block.
Remove the four screws (5), the three screws (4) and the engine supports (3).
B1BP38UD
240
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 241
ENGINE
Turn the engine in the normal direction of rotation until the peg [1] engages in the setting hole.
Peg the flywheel at «b», using tool [1].

Move aside the electrical harness (6).
Remove:
- The engine support (7).
- The screw (8).
- The accessories drive pulley (9).
B1BP305C
- The tool [1].
Rotate the crankshaft six times (clockwise).
B1EP1HJD
241
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 242
ENGINE
Peg the camshaft at «c», using tool [2] (oil the pegs).
WARNING: The magnetic track should not show any sign of damage and should not be
approached by any other magnetic source.
Peg the crankshaft at «d», using tool [3].
ESSENTIAL: Should it not be possible to peg the camshaft, check that the offset between
the camshaft pinion hole and the pegging hole is not more than 1 mm. If it is more, repeat
the operation to position the timing belt (see corresponding operation).
Note : The index «e» of the dynamic tensioner roller should be centred in the interval «f».
B1EP1HKC Check the correct positioning of the index «e».
If it is not correct, repeat the operation to tension the timing belt (see corresponding operation).
Refitting.
Refit the upper timing cover (11), lower timing cover (10), the accessories drive pulley (9), the screw (8).
Tightening method for the screw (8):
- Pre-tighten to 3 ± 0,3 m.daN. - Angular tighten: 180° ± 5°.
Remove the tool [1] and complete the refitting.
IMPERATIVE: Carry out the operations that are necessary following a reconnection of the battery
B1EP1E5C
242
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 243
ENGINE
Tools.

B1BP38TD
Uncouple:
- The exhaust line at the flexible pipe.
- Disconnect the connecteur at «a».
Remove the four screws (5), the three screws (4) and the engine supports (3).
B1BP38UD
243
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 244
ENGINE
Turn the engine in the normal direction of rotation until the peg [1] engages in the setting hole.

Remove:
B1BP305C
- The screw (8).
- The tool [1].
Rotate the crankshaft to bring the camshaft to its pegging point.
Peg:
- The camshaft at «c», using tool [2] (oil the pegs).
- The fuel high pressure pump pulley (15) at «f» using a 5 mm diameter peg.
WARNING: Do not touch or damage the track of the engine speed sensor target (14).
B1EP1HJD
244
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 245
ENGINE
Peg the crankshaft at «e», using tool [3].

Remove:
- The timing belt protector (13).
Slacken the screw (12) of the tensioner roller and keep it slackened using an allen spanner at «d».
Detension the timing belt by pivoting the tensioner roller (clockwise).
Remove the timing belt, starting with the coolant pump pinion.
Checks.
ESSENTIAL: Just prior to refitting, proceed to the checks as below.
Check:
- That the rollers and the coolant pump pulley turn freely (without play and without tight spot).
- That there are no signs of oil leaks (at the crankshaft and camshaft seals).
- That there are no leaks of coolant fluid (at the coolant pump).
- That the track of the engine speed sensor target (14) is not damaged or scratched.
Replace any components that are defective (if necessary).
B1EP1HMC
245
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 246
ENGINE
Refitting.
Fit the timing belt on the crankshaft pinion.

Position the belt on the guide roller, belt well tensioned.
Refit:
Reposition the timing belt, strip «f» well tensioned, in the following sequence:
- Camshaft pulley (16).
- Coolant pump pulley (19).
B1EP1HMC
246
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 247
ENGINE
Adjusting the timing belt tension.
Act on the tensioner roller (18) to align the marks «j» and «h», avoiding detensioning the timing belt,
using an allen spanner at «d».
Should this fail, repeat the operation to tension the timing belt.
Hold the tensioner roller (18).
Check the position of the tensioner roller (the alignment of the marks «j» and «h» should be correct).
IMPERATIVE: Never rotate the engine backwards.
WARNING: Do not touch or damage the track of the target of the engine speed sensor (14).
Check the position of the tensioner roller (the alignment of the marks «j» and «h» should be correct).
If this is not the case, repeat the operation to tension the timing belt.
B1EP1HNC
247
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 248
ENGINE
IMPERATIVE: Should it be impossible to peg the camshaft, check that the offset between the camshaft hole and the pegging hole is not
more than 1 mm. If the offset is too great, repeat the operation to position the timing belt (see corresponding operation).
Remove the tools [2] and [3]. Refit:

Refit tool [1] at «b». - The engine support (7), tighten to 5,5 ± 0,9 m.daN.
Remove the screw (8). - The engine support (3).
Refit: - The four screws (5), tighten to 5,5 ± 0,8 m.daN.
- The upper timing cover (11). - The three screws (4), tighten to 5,5 ± 0,8 m.daN.
- The lower timing cover (12). - The electrical harness (6).
- The pulley (9).
- The screw (8). Disengage the jack from under the engine.
Tightening method for the screw (8): Complete the refitting.

- Pre-tighten to 3 ± 0,3 m.daN.
- Angular tighten 180° ± 5°. IMPERATIVE: Carry out the operations that are necessary following
Remove tool [1]. a reconnection of the battery (see corresponding operation).
248
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 249
ENGINE
CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING XSARA PICASSO
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Tools.
Removing.
Disconnect the positive and negative terminals of the battery.
Remove:
Uncouple:
- The exhaust line (at the flexible pipe).
Disconnect the connecter at «a».
Remove and move aside the power steering fluid reservoir (6).
Uncouple, plug and move aside the tube (2).
Remove the engine supports (4) and (5).
B1BP304D
249
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 250
ENGINE
XSARA PICASSO CHECKING AND SETTING THE VALVE TIMING
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Rotate the engine to drive it in its normal direction of rotation.
Peg the flywheel, using tool [1] at «b».
Move aside the harness (7).
Remove:

B1BP305C
- The screw (10).
- The upper timing cov (12).
- The tool [1].
B1EP1E3D
250
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 251
ENGINE
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY

Peg the camshaft at «c», using tool [2] (oil the peg).
WARNING: The magnetic track should not show any sign of damage and should not be
approached by any other magnetic source.
Peg the crankshaft at «d», using tool [3].
B1EP1E4D
ESSENTIAL: Should it not be possible to peg the camshaft, check that the offset between
the camshaft pinion hole and the pegging hole is not more than 1 mm. If it is more, repeat
the operation to position the timing belt (see corresponding operation).
Note: The index «e» of the dynamic tensioner roller should be centred in the interval «d».
Check the correct positioning of the index «e».
If it is not correct, repeat the operation to tension the timing belt (see corresponding operation).
B1EP1E5C
251
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 252
ENGINE
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Refitting. Couple:
- The tube (2).
Refit tool [1] at «b». - The exhaust line, tighten the clip to 2,5 ± 0,3 m.daN.
Remove the screw (10). - The fuel unions (1).
Refit: - The air/air heat exchanger inlet and outlet pipes (3).
- The upper timing cover (12). Connect the connector at «a».
- The lower timing cover (11). Refit:
- The accessories drive pulley (9). - The accessories drive belt (see corresponding operation).
- The screw (10). - The front RH splash-shield (see corresponding operation).
Tightening torque - The front RH wheel, tighten to 9 ± 1 m.daN.
Screw (10) Pre-tighten to : 3 ± 0,3 m.daN. - Reconnect the positive and negative terminals of the battery.
Angular tighten : 180° ± 5°.
Remove tool [1]. IMPERATIVE: Perform the operations that are necessary following
a reconnection of the battery (see corresponding operation).
Refit:
- The engine support (8), tighten to 5,5 ± 0,4 m.daN.
- The electrical harness (7).
- The power steering fluid reservoir (6).
252
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 253
ENGINE
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Tools.
Removing.
Disconnect the positive and negative terminals of the battery.
Remove:
Uncouple:
- The exhaust line (at the flexible pipe).
Disconnect the connecter at «a».
Remove and move aside the power steering fluid reservoir (6).
Uncouple, plug and move aside the tube (2).
Remove the engine supports (4) and (5).
B1BP304D
253
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 254
ENGINE
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Rotate the engine to drive it in its normal direction of rotation.
Move aside the harness (7).
Remove:
- The screw (10).
- The upper timing cov (12).
- The tool [1].
B1BP305C B1EP1E3D
254
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 255
ENGINE
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Turn the crankshaft to bring the camshaft towards its pegging point.
Peg the camshaft at «c», using tool [2] (oil the pegs).
WARNING: Do not press or damage the track of the engine speed sensor target (13).
Peg the crankshaft at «e», using tool [3].
Remove:
Slacken the screw (15) of the tensioner roller, and keep it slackened using an allen
spanner at «d».
Detension the timing belt by pivoting the tensioner roller (clockwise).
Remove the timing belt, starting with the coolant pump pinion.
Checks.
ESSENTIAL: Just prior to refitting, proceed to the checks as below.
Check:
- That the rollers and the coolant pump pulley turn freely (without play and without tight spot).
- That there are no signs of oil leaks (at the crankshaft and camshaft seals).
- That there are no leaks of coolant fluid (at the coolant pump).
- That the track of the engine speed sensor target (15) is not damaged or scratched.
Replace any components that are defective (if necessary).
B1EP1E6D
255
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 256
ENGINE
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Refitting.
Fit the timing belt on the crankshaft pinion.
Position the belt on the guide roller, belt well tensioned.
Refit:
Reposition the timing belt, strip «f» well tensioned, in the following sequence:

- Camshaft pulley (20).
- Coolant pump pulley (17).
B1EP1E7D
256
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 257
ENGINE
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Adjusting the timing belt tension.
Act on the tensioner roller (18) to align the marks «g» and «h», avoiding detensioning the
timing belt, using an allen spanner at «d».
Should this fail, repeat the operation to tension the timing belt.
Hold the tensioner roller (18).
Check the position of the tensioner roller (the alignment of the marks «g» and «h» should
be correct).
IMPERATIVE: Never rotate the engine backwards.
WARNING: Do not touch or damage the track of the target of the engine speed sensor
(14).
Check the position of the tensioner roller (the alignment of the marks «g» and «h» should
be correct).
If this is not the case, repeat the operation to tension the timing belt.
IMPERATIVE: Should it be impossible to peg the camshaft, check that the offset
between the camshaft hole and the pegging hole is not more than 1 mm. If the offset
is too great, repeat the operation.
B1EP1E8C Remove tools [2] and [3].
257
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 258
ENGINE
Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Refitting (continued). Disengage the jack from under the engine.

Couple:
Refit tool [1] at «b». - The tube (2).
Remove the screw (10). - The exhaust line, tighten the clip to 2,5 ± 0,3 m.daN.
Refit: - The fuel unions (1).
- The upper timing cover (12). - The air/air heat exchanger inlet and outlet pipes (3).
- The lower timing cover (11). Connect the connector at «a».
- The screw (10). Refit:
Tightening torque
- The front RH splash-shield (see corresponding operation).
- Screw (10) Pre-tighten to : 3 ± 0,3 m.daN.
- The front RH wheel, tighten to 9 ± 1 m.daN.
Angular tighten : 180° ± 5°.
Reconnect the positive and negative terminals of the battery.
Remove tool [1].
Refit: IMPERATIVE: Perform the operations that are necessary following
- The engine support (8), tighten to 5,5 ± 0,4 m.daN. a reconnection of the battery (see corresponding operation).
- The electrical harness (7).
- The power steering fluid reservoir (6).
258
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 259
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Tools.
[1] Pliers for remving plastic pins : 7504-T or (-).1311
[2] Flywheel peg : 7014-T.J or (-).0188 Y
[3] Injection pump setting peg Ø 6 mm : (-).0188 H
[4] Screw H M8 : (-).0188 E
[5] Belt retaining pin : (-).0188 K
[6] Square for adjusting belt tension : (-).0188 J1
[7] Belt tension measuring instrument, with digital display : SEEM CTG 105.5M
B1BP2FTC

Peg the camshaft hub, using tool [4].
Peg the injection pump hub, using tool [3].
IMPERATIVE: If the pegging proves impossible, repeat the setting of the timing.
B1EP16PD
259
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 260
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Setting the timing.
Removing.
Remove the front RH lower splash-shield, using tool [1].
Uncouple and plug the diesel fuel delivery and return hoses.
Support the engine, using a workshop hoist.
Remove the RH engine support.
Engage 5th gear to permit rotation of the engine.
Remove the upper cover (1).
Remove the intermediate cover (2).
Remove the lower cover (3).
WARNING: Refit the screw (4) equipped with a washer (5 mm thick).
Rotate the front RH wheel to drive the engine in its normal direction of
rotation.
Bring the camshaft drive and injection pump pinions to their setting
points.
Position the peg [2] (from underneath the vehicle).
Continue turning the engine until the peg [2] engages in the flywheel.
B1BP30BC B1BP2FTC
260
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 261
ENGINE
Engine: WJY

Slacken screws (5) and (6).
Slacken screw (9) of the tensioner roller (8).
Remove the timing belt.
Refitting.
Retighten screws (5) and (6) by hand.
Turn the pinions (10) and (7) clockwise in order to place them at end of slots.
Fit the timing belt on the crankshaft.
Hold the belt, using tool [5].
Position the timing belt in the following sequence:
- Injection pump pinion (7).
- Camshaft pinion (10).
B1EP16PD B1EP1EDC B1EP132C B1EP1EEC
261
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 262
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
NOTE: If necessary, you can slightly rotate the pinions (10) and (7) anti-clockwise in order to engage the belt.
The angular displacement value of the belt in relation to the pinions should not be more than half a tooth.
Remove tool [5].
Act on the tensioner roller (8) by its square «a», using tool [6] to check that the camshaft and injection
pump pinions can turn freely.
Position the belt tension instrument [7] on the belt at «b».
Using tool [6], act at «a» in the direction opposite to that of engine rotation, to obtain a tension value of
106 ± 2 SEEM units.
B1EP1EFC
Tighten screws (9), (5) and (6).
Rotate the crankshaft 8 times in the normal direction of rotation.
Slacken screws (9), (5) and (6).
Position the belt tension instrument [7] on the belt at «b».
Using tool [6], act at «a» in the direction opposite to that of engine rotation, to obtain a tension value of
42 ± 2 SEEM units.
B1EP1EDC
262
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 263
ENGINE
Engine: WJY
Setting the timing (continued). Setting the timing (continued).
Tighten: Remove the peg [2].

- Screw (9) to 2.1 ± 0.2 m.daN. Remove the screw (4) and the washer.
- Screws (5) to 2,3 ± 0.2 m.daN. Refit the lower cover (3).
- Screws (6) to 2,3 ± 0.2 m.daN. Refit the intermediate cover (2).
- Remove and refit tool [7]. Refit the upper cover (1).
- The tension value should be between 38 and 46 SEEM units. Remove the RH engine support.
- Remove tools [7], [2], [3] and [4]. Take away the workshop hoist.
- Turn the crankshaft 2 times in the normal direction of rotation. Remove the plugs and recouple the diesel fuel delivery and return
- Peg the flywheel, using the peg [2]. hoses.
- Visually check the peggings of the camshaft and injection pump. Refit the accessories drive belt (see corresponding operation).
Refit the RH lower splash-shield.
ESSENTIAL: Visually check that the offsets between the holes of Disengage 5th gear.
the camshaft and injection pump hubs and the corresponding Connect the battery.
pegging holes are not more than 1 mm. If necessary, recommence
the procedure for fitting the timing belt.
263
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 264
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Tools. Removing.
[1] Belt tension measuring equipment : 4122-T IMPERATIVE: Respect the safety and cleanliness requirements
that are specific to high pressure diesel injection (HDi) engines.
[2] Tension lever : (-).0188.J2
Undo the front RH wheel bolts.
[3] Engine flywheel peg : (-).0188.Y Raise and support the vehicle on the front RH side.
[4] Belt clamp : (-).0188.AD Remove:
- The under-engine sound-deadening.
[5] Camshaft pulley peg : (-).0188.M - The front RH wheel.
[6] Engine flywheel lock : (-).0188.F - The engine cover.
Unclip and move aside the cooling hose.
[7] Set of blocking plugs : (-).0188.T Remove the accessories drive belt (see corresponding operation).
[8] Pulley extractor : (-).0188.P
[9] 2 mm Ø peg : (-).0188.Q2
264
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 265
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Uncouple, plug and move aside, using tool [7], the fuel delivery pipe (2) and return
pipe (1).
Remove:
- Screws (3), (4) and (6).
- Screw (7).
WARNING: Refit screw (7) equipped with a spacer (17 mm thick), tighten the
screw (7) to 1,5 ± 0,1 m. daN.
NOTE: The screw (7) is one of the screws securing the coolant pump and is there
for its sealing.
Put the gear lever in 5th gear.
Turn the road wheel to turn the engine in its direction of rotation.
Orient the camshaft pulley in the pegging position, use a mirror if necessary.
Peg the camshaft, using tool [5].
B1BP2R2C B1EP1A7C B1BP2H2C B1BP2H3C
265
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 266
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Remove:
- The fixings of the pipe linking the power steering pump with the rotary valve.
- The clutch lower closing plate.
- Lock the engine flywheel, using tool [6].
Refit the screw (8) without its thrust washer.
Remove:
- The accessories pulley (9), using tool [8].
- Tool [6].
- The lower torque reaction rod.
Support the engine by means of a workshop hoist.
Remove:
- The bearing shell fitting (10).
- The nut (12).
- Screws (11).
- The bracket (13).
NOTE: Lift then lower the engine with the workshop hoist, to have access to the
timing cover fixing screws.
Remove:
- The intermediate timing cover.
- The lower timing cover.
B1CP04BC B1BP2R3C B1BP2R4C
266
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 267
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Checks.
IMPERATIVE: Just before refitting, carry out the checks below.
B1EP1A8D Check that:

- The rollers (18) and (15) turn freely (without play and without any tight spot).
- The coolant pump pulley (16) turns freely (without play and without any tight spot).
- There are no traces of oil leaks from the crankshaft and camshaft seals, etc.
- The crankshaft pinion travels freely on the keyway.
Replace defective components if necessary.
Peg the crankshaft pinion (19) by inserting tool [9] on the LH side of the keyway.
B1EP1A9C
267
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 268
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Reposition the timimg belt, belt at «a» well tensioned, in the following order:
Position tool [1] on the belt at «a».
B1EP1ABD Turn the tensioner roller (18) anti-clockwise, using tool [2], to attain an overtension of:
98 ± 2 SEEM units.
Tighten screw (17) of the tensioner roller to 2,5 ± 0,2 m.da N.
Lock the flywheel by means of tool [6].
Tighten the accessories drive pulley screw (8) to 7 ± 0,7 m.da N.
Rotate the crankshaft eight times in the normal direction of rotation.
Peg:
- The camshaft drive pulley, using tool [5].
B1EP1ACC
268
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 269
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Lock the engine flywheel, using tool [6].

Slacken the accessories drive pulley (8).
The screw (17) of the tensioner roller (18).
Fit the tool [1].
Turn the tensioner roller, using tool [2], to attain a tension of: 54 ± 2 SEEM units.
Tighten screw (17) of the tensioner roller (18) to 2,5 ± 0,2 m.daN.
Remove tool [1].
Fit tool [1].
The tension value should be: 54 ± 3 SEEM units.
ESSENTIAL: If the value is incorrect, recommence the operation.

Rotate the crankshaft two times in the normal direction of rotation.
Peg:
- The camshaft drive pulley.
IMPERATIVE: If the pegging is not possible, recommence the operation.
B1EP1ACC
269
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 270
ENGINE
Engines: RHY - RHZ
Remove:
- Tools [3] and [5], Screw (7) and the spacer.
Refit:
- The lower, intermediate and upper covers (5).
- Screw (7), tighten to 1,5 ± 0,1 m.daN.
- Screws (3), (4) and (6).
- The bracket (13).
Screws (11), tighten to 6,1 ± 0,5 m.daN.
The nut (12), tighten to 4,5 ± 0,5 m.daN.
Fit the bearing shell (10).
Take away the workshop hoist.
Clip the fuel delivery and return pipes.
Couple:
- The fuel delivery pipe (12).
- The fuel return pipe (1).
- Coat the screw (8) with loctite FRENETANCH.
Refit the tool [6] and the screw (8) with the washer (22), tighten to 7 ± 0,2 m.daN
and angular tighten to A = 60° ± 5°.
Refit the torque reaction rod on the lower engine support.
Reposition and reclip the cooling hose.
Complete the refitting of components in reverse order to removal.
B1EP1A7C B1BP2R4C B1EP1ADC
270
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 271
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Tools.
[1] Kit of plugs : (-).0188.T
[2] Double flywheel setting peg : (-).0188.X Toolkit 0188-T
[3] Camshaft setting peg : (-).0188.M
Remove the engine cover and the battery.

Disconnect the negative terminal of the battery.
Raise and support the front of the vehicle.
Remove the under-engine sound-deadening and the front RH splash-shield.
Uncouple, plug and move aside, using tool [1], the fuel supply and fuel return pipes..
Remove the engine support bracket and the engine support.
Remove:
- The camshaft position sensor.
- The inlet cylinder head cover (2).
- The upper timing cover screws.
B1EP1GFC
271
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 272
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Checks.
Turn the crankshaft in the normal direction of rotation.

Line up the black markings «b» and «c» on the chain with the teeth «a» and «d» of the camshaft drive
pinions (40 turns of the camshafts maximum).
IMPERATIVE: If it is impossible to line up the markings on the chain with the camshaft drive
pinions, repeat the setting of the camshafts (see operation: removing-refitting camshafts).
B1EP1FND
Peg:
- The camshaft pinion, using tool [3].

B1BP31FC
272
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 273
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Tools.
[1] Kit of plugs : (-).0188.T
[2] Double flywheel setting peg : (-).0188.X
[3] Camshaft setting peg : (-).0188.M
[4] Belt clamp : (-).0188.AD
[5] Pinion centrer : (-).0188.AH
[6] Flywheel lock : (-).0188.F
[7] Pulley (-).0188.P
IMPERATIVE: Respect the safety and cleanliness requirements specific to High pressure Diesel injection (HDi) engine versions.
Removing.
Slacken the front RH wheel bolts.
Raise and support the front RH side of the vehicle.
Disconnect the negative terminal of the battery.
Remove:
- The under-engine sound-deadening.
- The engine cover.
273
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 274
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Uncouple, plug and move aside, using tool [7],

the fuel delivery pipe (1) and the fuel return pipe (2).
Remove the bracket (3) and the RH engine
support (4).
Remove:
- The upper timing cover screws.
B1BP351C B1EP1FBC
Rotate the engine by means of the auxiliaries drive

pulley.
Orient the camshaft pinion in the pegging position,
use a mirror if necessary.
Peg the camshaft, using tool [3].
Lock the flywheel, using tool [6].
B1EP1FAC B1BP31EC
274
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 275
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Remove:
- The screw (8).
- The auxiliaries drive pulley (7).
- The crankshaft position sensor (11).
- The target of the crankshaft position sensor (10), using tool [7].
- The tool [6].
B1EP1FCC B1EP1FEC
Checks.
IMPERATIVE: Just before refitting, carry out the checks below.
Check:
- That the rollers (14) and (17) turn freely (without play and without
any tight spot).
- That the coolant pump pulley (16) turns freely (without play and
without any tight spot).
- That there are no traces of oil leaks from the crankshaft and
camshaft seals, etc.
- That the crankshaft pinion travels freely on the keyway (15).
Replace defective components if necessary.
B1EP1FDC
275
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 276
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Refitting.
Centre the crankshaft pinion (15), using tool [5].

Reposition the timimg belt on the pulley (18).
Put the tool [4] in place (tighten moderately).
Reposition the timimg belt, strip «a» well tensioned
in the following order:
B1EP1FFC - Coolant pump pinion (16). B1EP1FHC
Bring the index «d» outside the plate at «c», by
turning the tensioner roller in the direction of the
arrow «b», using a hexagonal spanner at «e».
Tighten screw (12) of the tensioner roller (17) to
2,1 ± 0,2 m.daN.
Lock the flywheel, by means of tool [6].
Refit the auxiliaries drive pulley (7).
B1EP1FGC B1EP1FJC
276
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 277
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Refitting.
Rotate the crankshaft ten times (in the direction of rotation of the engine).
Peg the crankshaft, using tool [2] and the camshaft drive pinion, using tool [3].
Lock the flywheel, using tool [6].
Slacken the screw (8) of the auxiliaries drive pulley (7) and the screw (12) of
the tensioner roller (17).
Turn the tensioner roller (clockwise), using a hexagonal spanner at «e».
Position the index «d» opposite the notch «f».
Tighten:
B1EP1FKC
- The screw (12) of the tensioner roller (17) to 2,1 ± 0,2 m.daN.
- The auxiliaries drive pulley to 7 ± 0,7 m.daN.
Rotate the crankshaft two times (in the direction of rotation of the engine).
Refit tools [2] and [3].
Check the position of the index «d», it should be opposite the notch «f».
B1EP1FLC
277
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 278
ENGINE
Engine: RHR
Refitting.
IMPERATIVE: If the position of the index «d» is not correct, restart the operations to tension
the timing belt (for this, slightly slacken the screw (12) of the tensioner roller).
Refit tool [6].

Remove the auxiliaries drive pulley (7).
Refit:
- The crankshaft position sensor target (10).
B1EP1FKC - The lower timing cover (9).
- The crankshaft position sensor (11).
Take away the workshop hoist.
Coat the screw (8) with Loctite FRENETANCH.
Refit the auxiliaries drive pulley (7) and the screw (8) with its washer.
Tighten the screw (8) to 7 ± 0,7 m.daN, then angular tighten by A = 60° ± 5°.
B1EP1FLC
278
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 279
ENGINE
CHECKING THE OIL PRESSURE C4
Petrol Diesel
Engine type KFU NFU RFJ RFN RFK 9HX 9HY 9HZ RHR
Temperature (°C) 90° 80°
Pressure (bars) 1,5 3 1,3 1,9
Rpm 1000
Pressure (bars) 3 5,6 4
Rpm 2000 2000 2000
Pressure (bars) 5 6,3
Rpm 3000 3000
Pressure (bars) 4 3,5
Rpm 4000 4000
Tools (Toolkit 4103)
2279-T.Bis X X X X X X X X X
4103-T X X X X X X X X X
(-).0710.F1 X
(-).0710.B1 X
(-).1503.J X X X
4103-T.B X X
7001-T X X X X X
4202-T X X
NOTE: The oil pressure should be checked with the engine hot, after the oil level has been checked.
279
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 280
ENGINE
XSARA CHECKING THE OIL PRESSURE
To be read with the Petrol and Diesel correspondence tables
XSARA
Engine type KFW NFU RFN 8HZ 8HX WJY RHY RHZ
Temperature (°C) 90°C
Pressure (bars) 1,5 1,3 1,8 2
Rpm 1000 1000
Pressure (bars) 3
Rpm 2000
Pressure (bars) 4
Rpm 3000
Rpm 4000
Tools (Toolkit 4103-T)
2279-T.Bis X X X X X X X
4103-T X X X X X X X
4202-T X X X
1503-J X
3099-T X
7017-T.X23 X
280
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 281
ENGINE
CHECKING THE OIL PRESSURE XSARA PICASSO
To be read with the Petrol and Diesel correspondence tables
XSARA PICASSO
Engine type NFV 6FZ RFN 9HZ 9HY RHY
Temperature (°C) 90°C 80°C 90°C
Rpm 1000
Pressure (bars) 3
Rpm 2000
Pressure (bars) 5
Rpm 3000
Pressure (bars) 4 6,3 3,5 4
Rpm 4000 4000
Tools (Toolkit 4103-T)
2279-T.Bis X X X X X X
4103-T X X X X X X
7001-T X
4202-T X X X
1503-J X X
281
Angl.-t2-page240-282-2005 9/01/06 10:16 Page 282
ENGINE
VALVE CLEARANCE SETTINGS
POSSIBLE PROCEDURES
The valve clearances must be checked with the engine cold.
For engines with 4 cylinders in a line (1-3-4-2 )
Rocking Fully open (exhaust)
● Inlet Exhaust
Valves
Rocking Adjust fully Adjust
TU1JP - TU3JP open
(except TU5JP4) 0,20 mm ± 0,05 0,40 mm ± 0,05
1● 1 4● 4 Exhaust 1 3 ● 4
3● 3 2● 2 3 4 ● 2
WJY 0,15 mm ± 0,08 0,30mm ± 0,08
4● 4 1● ● 4 2 ● 1
1
Inlet
TU5JP4 2● 2 3● 3 2 1 ● 3
DV4/DV6/EW10 Hydraulic adjustment
All types
Engines without hydraulic
adjustment: the clearance (J)
should be checked opposite
the cam.
B1DP13QC
282
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 283
CHECKS: LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY CIRCUIT XSARA

Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Tools.
[1] Ø 10 mm low pressure connector : 4215-T
[2] Pressure gauge for testing boost pressure : 4073-T.A Toolkit 4073-T
INJECTION
IMPERATIVE: Respect the safety and cleanliness specific to high pressure diesel injection
engines.
Link tools [1] and [2] in series between the fuel high pressure pump and the fuel filter.
ESSENTIAL: Check that the tool [2] is clean.
Check the negative pressure according to the table below:

Vacuum Observations
10 ± 5 cmHg Engine driven by the starter motor
20 ± 5 cmHg Engine running under full load
60 ± 5 cmHg Supply circuit obstructed (full tank strainer, piping, fuel filter)
B1BP2WHC
283
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 284
C4 CHECKS: LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Tools.
IMPERATIV: Respect the safety and cleanliness specific to high pressure diesel injection
INJECTION
engines.
Remove the air filter duct.
Link tool [1] in series, downstream of the injectors, between the fuel high pressure pump and the
fuel filter at «a» and «b».
WARNING: Any checking of pressure downstream of the fuel filter is prohibited.

Switch on the ignition.
Check the pressure :
Vacuum measured by the pressure gauge [2]:
Vacuum Observations
10 ± 0,5 cmHg Engine driven by the starter motor.
20 ± 0,5 cmHg Engine running under full load
60 ± 0,5 cmHg Supply circuit obstructed (full tank strainer, piping, fuel filter)
B1CP0GFD
284
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 285
CHECKS: LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY CIRCUIT XSARA PICASSO

Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Tools.
INJECTION
engines.
Remove the air filter duct.
Link tool [1] in series, downstream of the injectors, between the fuel high pressure pump and the
fuel filter at «a» and «b».
WARNING: Any checking of pressure downstream of the fuel filter is prohibited.
Check the negative pressure according to the table below:
Vacuum Observations
10 ± 05 cmhg Engine driven by the starter motor
20 ± 20 cmhg Engine running under full load
60 ± 05 cmhg Supply circuit obstructed (full tank strainer, piping, fuel filter
B1BP2PHC
285
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 286
C4 CHECKS: LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Engine: RHR
Tools.
INJECTION
engines.
Normal vacuum values.

Engine driven by the starter motor : 10 ± 0,5 cmHg.
Engine running under full load : 20 ± 10 cmHg.
Abnormal vacuum values.

Supply circuit obstructed (full tank strainer, piping, fuel filter) : 60 ± 20 cmHg.
B1BP33RD
286
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 287
CHECKS: LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY CIRCUIT XSARA

Engine: RHY
Tools.
INJECTION
Checks.
engines.
Vacuum Observations
10 ± 05 cmhg Engine driven by the starter motor
20 ± 20 cmhg Engine running under full load
60 ± 05 cmhg Supply circuit obstructed (full tank strainer, piping, fuel filter)
B1BP2KUC
287
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 288
XSARA PICASSO CHECKS: LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Engines: RHY - RHZ
Tools.
[3] Pressure gauge for testing boost pressure : 4073-T Kit 4073-T
INJECTION
Connect the tool [1] between the booster pump and the fuel filter (white mark at "a" on the fuel
supply pipe).
Connect the tool [2] downstream of the diesel injectors, between the high pressure fuel pump and
the fuel filter (green mark at "b" on the fuel return pipe).
WARNING: Any check of pressure downstream of the fuel filter is PROHIBITED.
Checks on pressure: static.
- Switch on ignition.
For 3 seconds (normal functioning):
- Fuel supply pressure shown by the pressure gauge [3] = 1.8 ± 0.4 bar.
- Fuel return pressure shown by the pressure gauge [3] = 0.5 ± 0.4 bar.
B1BP1TWD
288
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 289
CHECKS: LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY CIRCUIT XSARA PICASSO

Engines: RHY - RHZ (continued)
Checks on pressure: dynamic.

Engine running, at idle (normal functioning):
- Fuel supply pressure shown by the pressure gauge [3] = 2 ± 0.4 bar.
- Fuel return pressure shown by the pressure gauge [3] = 0.7 ± 0.4 bar.
INJECTION
Abnormal functioning
Fuel supply pressure Fuel return pressure Checks
Between 3 and 3.5 bar 0.7 ± 0.2 bar Check the condition of the diesel filter
Check the low pressure regulator incorporated
More than 3.5 bar Less than 0.7 bar in the filter (locked shut): replace.
Check the fuel return circuit
More than 3.5 bar More than 0.7 bar (pipe pinched or trapped…)
Check the fuel supply circuit:
Between 0.8 and 1.5 bar Less than 0.7 bar - Booster pump (low pressure), piping
Impossible to start the engine: Check: diesel injector return flow (table below).
Fuel supply pressure less than 0.8 bar:
- Check the low pressure regulator incorporated in the filter (locked open).
- Check the high pressure pump distribution valve (locked shut). Uncouple the diesel injector return pipe.
Check: Observe:
The flow should be drop by drop Diesel injector functioning correctly
Excessive fuel return Diesel injector locked shut
289
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 290
XSARA CHECKS: TURBO PRESSURE

Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Tools.
[1] Pressure gauge for checking boost pressure : 4073-T.A
[2] Sleeve for checking boost pressure : (-).0171.F
Checks.
INJECTION
IMPERATIVE: Respect the following test conditions:

- Engine at operating temperature.
- Vehicle in running order.
- Engine under full load.
Preparation.
B1BP2NXD
Remove the clips (1).
Fit the tool [2] in the place of the duct (2).
Couple the sleeve [2] on the pressure gauge [1] using the tube «a».
Mode of operation.
Position tool [1] in the vehicle.
Start the engine.
Engage first gear, start the vehicle.
Engage the gears up to third gear.
Decelerate to an engine speed of 1000 rpm.
Check the pressure: 0,6 ± 0,05 bar (1500 rpm).
Accelerate freely (change from fourth gear to third gear).
Check the pressure: 0,9 ± 0,05 bar (between 2500 and 3500 rpm).
Remove tools [1], [2] and «a».
C5FP06RC
Reposition the tube (2) and tighten the clips (1).
290
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 291
CHECKS: TURBO PRESSURE C4

Preparation.
INJECTION
Connect the diagnostic tool to the vehicle's diagnostic socket, carry out parameter measures.
Mode of operation.
Start the engine.

291
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 292
XSARA PICASSO CHECKS: TURBO PRESSURE

Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Preparation.
INJECTION

Connect the diagnostic tool to the vehicle's diagnostic socket, carry out parameter measures.
Mode of operation.
Start the engine.

292
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 293
CHECKS: TURBO PRESSURE C4

Engine: RHR
Tools.
[1] Pressure gauge for checking the turbo pressure : 4073-T Toolkit 4073-T
[2] Pressure take-off extension : 8607-T.A
[3] Pressure take-off union and hose : 8607-T.B
INJECTION
[4] Sleeve for checking the turbo pressure : 4185-T
[5] Adaptor sleeve : 4219-T
engines.
Preliminary operation.
B1BP356C Slacken the clip (1).
Uncouple the air duct (2).
Connect the tool [1] on tool [2] and the tool [3] on tool [2].
Positioning on the vehicle.
Insert the tools [4] and [5] between the air duct (2) and the turbo air cooler outlet at «a».
Connect the tool [3] on tool [4].
Position the tool [1] inside the vehicle.
Start the engine.
Accelerate to 4000 rpm.
The value should be : 1 ± 0,2.
Return the vehicle to conformity.
Remove tools [1], [2], [3], [4] and [5].
Recouple the air duct (2) on the turbo air cooler.
B1HP1ZXC Tighten the clip (1).
293
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 294
XSARA PICASSO CHECKS: TURBO PRESSURE

Engine: RHY
Tools.
[1] Pressure gauge for checking boost pressure : 4073-T.A Kit 4073-T
[2] Sleeve for checking boost pressure : 4185-T
INJECTION
Checks.
IMPERATIVE: respect the following checking requirements: Engine at running temperature.
Vehicle running at full load.
Preparation.
Remove the collar (3) and the sleeve.
Insert the tool [2] between the pipe (1) and the duct (2).
Connect the pressure gauge [1] to the tool [2] with its tube «a» long enough for the gauge to be
positioned inside the vehicle.
Procedure.
Start the engine.
Engage first gear and start the engine.
Decelerate to 2000 rpm.
Gradually accelerate.
Check the pressure: 0.95 ± 0.05 bar.
Remove the tools, refit the collars (3) and the sleeve.
B1BP1ZXD
294
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 295
CHECKS: TURBO PRESSURE XSARA PICASSO

Engine: RHZ
Tools.
[1] Pressure gauge for checking boost pressure : 4073-T.A Kit 4073-T
[2] Sleeve for checking boost pressure : 4185-T
[3] Adaptor sleeve : 4229-T
INJECTION
Checks.
IMPERATIVE: respect the following checking requirements: Engine at running temperature.
Vehicle in running order at full load.
Preparation.
Remove the collar fixing (3).
Insert the tool [2] connected with tool [3], between the pipe (1) and the duct (2).
Connect the sleeve [2] to the tool [1] with its tube «a».
Procedure.
Start the engine.
Engage first gear and start the engine.
Decelerate to 1000 rpm.
Accelerate hard, and check the pressure: 0.6 ± 0.05 bar (1500 rpm).
Accelerate freely in kick-down (changing from fourth to third gear).
Check the pressure: 0.95 ± 0.05 bar (between 2500 and 3500 rpm).
Remove the tools, reposition the pipe (1) and refit the collar (3).
B1HP12JD
295
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 296
XSARA CHECKING THE AIR SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Tool.
[1] Manual pressure-vacuum pump : FACOM DA 16

INJECTION
Vacuum pump:
- Connect the tool [1] onto the vacuum pump (1).
- Start the engine.
- Wait 30 seconds.
The vacuum value should be 0.9 ± 0.1 bar at idle.
B1HP1K8D
296
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 297
CHECKING THE AIR SUPPLY CIRCUIT C4

Engine: 9HX
Tool.
INJECTION
Checks.
Vacuum pump.
Connect the tool [1] into the vacuum pump (1).

Start the engine.
B1HP1UGC
The vacuum value should be 0.9 ± 0.1 bar at idle (after 30 seconds of operation).
NOTE: The exhaust gas recycling valve is not linked to the air supply circuit.
The exhaust gas recycling electrovalve is controlled by the engine ECU.
Turbocharging pressure regulation valve.
Connect the tool [1] on the valve (2).

Apply a vacuum of approx. 0.8 bar.
Rod "a" should move 6 ± 2 mm.
B1HP22RC
297
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 298
C4 CHECKING THE AIR SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Engines: 9HY - 9HZ
Tool.

INJECTION
Checks.
Vacuum pump.
Connect the tool [1] into the vacuum pump (1).

Start the engine.
B1HP1UGC
Wait 30 seconds.
The vacuum value should be 0.9 ± 0.1 bar at idle.
NOTE: The exhaust gas recycling valve is not linked to the air supply circuit.
The exhaust gas recycling electrovalve is controlled by the engine ECU.
Turbocharging pressure regulation valve.
Connect the tool [1] on the valve (2) (tube identified by the colour grey).
Apply a vacuum of approx. 0.8 bar.
Rod "a" should move 12 ± 2 mm.
B1HP1UHC
298
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 299
CHECKING THE AIR SUPPLY CIRCUIT C4

Engine: RHR
Tool.
IMPERATIVE: Respect the safety and cleanliness specific to high pressure diesel
injection engines.
INJECTION
WARNING: After switching off the ignition, wait 15 minutes before disconnecting
the battery (to guarantee memorisation of the initialisations of the different ECUS).
Checking the vacuum source (vacuum pump).
Connect the tool [1] on the take-off «a».
B1BP33ZC Start the engine.
B1BP341C
Turbocharging pressure electrovalve.
Connect the tool [1] on the vacuum supply «b» of the electrovalve (1).
Start the engine.
Cold air circuit electrovalve.
Connect the tool [1] on the vacuum supply «c» of the electrovalve (2).
Start the engine.
Warm air circuit electrovalve.
Connect the tool [1] on the vacuum supply «d» of the electrovalve (3).
Start the engine.
B1BP340C The value should be : 1 ± 0,2. B1BP342C
299
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 300
C4 CHECKING THE AIR SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Engine: RHR
Checking the warm air opening.
Remove:
- The air duct (4).
INJECTION
- The air duct (5).

- The air duct (6).
Connect the tool [1] on the warm air butterfly control diaphragm at «e».
Apply a vacuum of 0,7 ± 0,2, the warm air butterfly «f» should be fully open.
B1BP343C Checking the cold air closing.

B1BP345C
Connect the tool [1] on the cold air butterfly control diaphragm at «g».
Apply a vacuum of 0,65 ± 0,2, the cold air butterfly «h» should be fully closed.
Refit:
- The air duct (4).
- The air duct (5).
- The air duct (6).
B1BP344C
300
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 301
CHECKING THE AIR SUPPLY CIRCUIT XSARA PICASSO

Engines: RHY - RHZ
Tool.
[1] Manual vacuum pump : FACOM DA 16
INJECTION
Vacuum pump.
Connect the tool [1] on the vacuum pump (1).
Start the engine.
Pressure should be 0.8 bar at 780 rpm.
Boost pressure regulator electrovalve.
Connect the tool [1] between the electrovalve (2) and the valve (3) of the boost pressure regulator.
Compare readings with the values in the table below.
Engine speed (rpm) Pressure (bar)

780 0,6
4000 0,25
Pressure regulator valve.

Connect the tool [1] on the valve (3).
Appy a pressure of 0.5 bar to activate the rod "a".
Rod "a" should move 12 mm.
B1HP12FD
301
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 302
XSARA CHECKS: EXHAUST GASES RECYCLING CIRCUIT

Engines: 8HX - 8HZ
Tool.
INJECTION
EGR valve.
Connect tool [1] on the capsule take-off (2).
Apply a vacuum of approx. 0,6 bar several times to activate the rod «a».
In abruptly suppressing the vacuum, the valve should click and lock itself back on its seating.
Regulation electrovalve (EGR).

Check to be performed between the electrovalve (1) and the EGR valve (2).
Link the tool [1] in series, between the electrovalve (1) and the capsule (2).
Compare the values noted with those in the table below.
Engine speed (rpm) Vacuum value

780 0,5 bar
2500 0 bar
B1HP1K6D
302
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 303
CHECKS: EXHAUST GASES RECYCLING CIRCUIT XSARA PICASSO

Engines: 9HZ - 9HY
Exhaust gas recycling (EGR) valve.

(1) Exhaust gas recycling (EGR) electrovalve
NOTE: The engine ECU pilots the EGR valve.
INJECTION
Perform the check with the aid of a diagnostic tool.
Carry out the following operations with the diagnostic tool:
- «INJECTION» menu.
- Actuator tests.
- EGR electrovalve.
B1HP1UPC Check that you can hear the click from the EGR regulation electrovalve.
Double butterfly housing (vehicle with particle filter).

(2) Double butterfly housing
Perform the check with the aid of a diagnostic tool.
Carry out the following operations with the diagnostic tool:
- «INJECTION» menu.
- Actuator tests.
- Butterfly.
EGR exchanger butterfly.
Check that you can hear the click from the double butterfly housing.
B1HP1UQC
303
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 304
XSARA PICASSO CHECKS: EXHAUST GASES RECYCLING CIRCUIT

Engines: RHY - RHZ
Tool.
[1] Manual vacuum pump : FACOM DA 16
INJECTION
EGR valve.
Connect the tool [1] to the capsule union (1).
Apply, several times in succession, a vacuum of approx. 0.6 bar to activate the rod "a".
In abrupt reaction to the vacuum, the valve should close on its seating with a clicking noise.
Exhaust gas reycling (EGR) electrovalve.

Check, not under load, between the electrovalve (2) and the EGR valve (1).
Connect the tool [1] between the electrovalve (2) and the capsule (1).
Compare readings with the values in the table below.
Engine speed (rpm) Vacuum value

780 0,5 bar
2500 0 bar
B1HP12GD
304
Angl.-t2-page283-305-2005 9/01/06 10:18 Page 305
SPARKING PLUGS
Engine Electrode gap Tightening
Vehicles BOSCH EYQUEM CHAMPION SAGEM
type setting torque
1.4i 16V KFU VR8SE 2,25 ± 0,2

1.6i 16V NFU 3 ± 0,3
IGNITION
C4 2.0i 16V RFN RFN52HZ3A
2.0i RFJ REC9MCLX 2,7 ± 0,2
2.0i 16V RFK FR 7 ME
1.4i KFW FR 7 DE RFN 58 LZ RC 8 YLC 0,9 ± 0,05
XSARA 1.6i 16V NFU FR 7 ME RFN 58 HZ
2.0i 16V RFN FR 8 ME RFN 52 HZ REC 9 YCL 2,5 ± 0,2
90 hp
1.6i NFV RFN 58 LZ
XSARA 100 hp FR 7 DE RC 8 YLC
PICASSO 1.8i 16V 6FZ
FR 8 ME RFN 52 HZ REC 9 YCL
2.0i 16V RFN
305
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 306
SPEEDOMETER
An E.E.C. decree of 25 June 1976, regulates the speed displayed by the speedmeter in relation to the actual speed travelled.
This decree stipulates:
- The speed indicated by a speedometer must never be lower than the actual vehicle speed.
- Between the speed displayed «SD» and the speed travelled «ST», there must always be the following relationship:
ST < SD < 1.10 ST + 4 Kph
Example: For an actual speed of 100 Kph the speed displayed by the speedometer may be between 100 and 114 Kph.
TRANSMISSION
The speed indicated by the speedometer may be influenced by:

GEARBOX
CLUTCH
- The speedometer.
- The tyres fitted to the vehicle.
- The final drive ratio.
- The speedometer drive ratio.
Any of these components can be checked without removing them from the vehicle (see information note N° 78-85 TT of 19 October 1978).
NOTE: Before replacing the speedometer, check the conformity of the following points:
- The tyres fitted to the vehicle.
- The gearbox final drive ratio.
- The speedometer drive ratio.
306
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 307
CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS C4
Petrol
ET3J4 TU5JP EW10J4 EW10J4S
Engine type KFU NFU RFN RFK
Gearbox type MA5/L MA5/N BE4/5N BE4R/5S
Supplier SACHS VALEO VALEO VALEO
Mechanism/type 200 MF 3850 200 CPX 3850 230 DNG 5100 230 DNG 5100
Hub disc SAE 24/48-18Z 11 RX 11 R 14X 11 R 14X
Ø of lining. ext/int 200/134 200/137 228.6/155 228.6/155
TRANSMISSION
Quality of lining F810 DS 810 DS 810 DS 810 DS
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
307
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 308
C4 CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS
Diesel
DV6TED4 DV6ATED4 DW10BTED4
Engine type 9HY (*) 9HZ (*) 9HX RHR (**)
Gearbox type BE4/5L ML6C
Supplier LUK
Mechanism/type 235 P 4800 235 P 7400
Hub disc
Ø of lining. ext/int 234/165 235/150
TRANSMISSION
Quality of lining 810 DS

GEARBOX
CLUTCH
NOTE: (*) DVAR: Equipped with a Double Damping Flywheel with springs in the radial position in relation to the axis of the crankshaft.
NOTE: (**) DVA: Equipped with a Double Damping Flywheel with springs arranged concentrically.
308
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 309
CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS XSARA
TU3JP TU5JP4 EW10J4
Engine type KFW NFU RFN

Gearbox type MA/5 MA/5 BE4/5
Supplier VALEO
Mechanism/type 180CPO 3400 200 CPR 3800 230 DNG 4700
Hub disc 180 XJF 73 C 200X(D95) 11A12X 230 DNG 4700
Ø of lining. ext/int 180/127 200/137 228/155
TRANSMISSION
Quality of lining F 408 F 808
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
309
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 310
XSARA CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS
DV4TD DW8B DW10TD DW10ATED
Engine type 8HX 8HZ WJY RHY RHZ

Gearbox type BE4/5
Supplier LUK
Mechanism/type 200 P 4200 200 P 3700 230 P 4700 235 T 5700
Hub disc 215 F (D 93) 22 BX 228 228D
Ø of lining. ext/int 200/134 200/134 230/155 235/155
TRANSMISSION
Quality of lining F 408 F202

GEARBOX
CLUTCH
310
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 311
CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS XSARA PICASSO
TU5JP+ EW7J4 EW10J4 DV6TED4 DW10TD
Engine type NFV 6FZ RFN 9HY 9HZ RHY

Gearbox type BE4/5
Supplier VALEO LUK
Mechanism/type 200 DNG 3800 230 DNG 4700 215 DT 5250 225 DNG 5100 230 P 4700
200X(D95)
Hub disc 230 DNG 4700 215 FD 95 228
11A12X
Ø of lining. ext/int 200/137 228/155 215/147 225/150 230/155
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
Quality of lining F410 F 808 F 810 DS F408
CLUTCH
311
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 312
MA MANUAL GEARBOX SPECIFICATIONS

Vehicle Engine Gearbox type Sequence Torque ratio Drive ratio
ET3J4 MA/5L 20 CQ 15 13x59 21x18

C4
TU5JP4 MA/5N 20 CQ 16 13x61 None
20 CP 44 16x65
TU3JP MA/5L
20 CP 52 14x60
XSARA 21x18
MA/5N 20 CP 51 16x65
TU5JP4
MA/5L 20 CP 52 14x60
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
312
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 313
BE4/5 MANUAL GEARBOX SPECIFICATIONS

TU5JP4 20 DM 81 15x74 21x18

BE4/5N
20 DM 71 17x81
EW10A/J4
BE4R/5S 20 DM 74 19x77
C4
EW10J4S BE4/5L 20 DM 68 17x73 None
DV6TED4 BE4R/5L 20 DM 69 19x72
DV6ATED4 MA/5L 20 DM 75 19x72
BE4/5J 20 DM 03 19x72
EW10J4
BE4/5N 20 DM 04 17x77
20 DM 53
TRANSMISSION
DV4TD BE4/5L 19x75
20 DM 54
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
XSARA 20 DM 05 19x75 22x19
DW8B BE4/5N
20 DM 06 17x77
20 DM 07 19x70
DW10TD BE4/5L
20 DM 08 17x77
BE4/5 20 DM 10
DW10ATED 17x61
BE4/5L 20 DM 11
TU5JP+ BE4/5J 20 DM 64 17x73
XSARA EW7J4 BE4/5V 20 DL 69 19x77
22x18
PICASSO DV6TED4 20 DM 62 19x70
BE4/5L
DW10TD 20 DM 56 15x64
313
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 314
ML6/AL4 GEARBOX SPECIFICATIONS

Type ML6
C4 DW10BTED4 ML6C 20 MB 01 17x67 None
Type AL4
TU5JP4 AL4 20 TS 12 20x73
C4
EW10A AL4 20 TS 11 21x73
TU5JP4 AL4 20 TP 97 21x73
XSARA EW10J4 AL4 20 TP 89 23x73 None
DW10ATED AL4 20 TP 90 27x70
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
XSARA
CLUTCH
EW10J4 AL4 20 TS 02 23x73

PICASSO
314
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 315
CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS C4
Engines: KFU - NFU - RFN - RFJ - RFK - 9HX - 9HY - 9HZ - RHR
NOTE: All the clutches are «push» type with hydraulic control.
NOTE: The DV6TED4 and DW10BTED4 engines are equipped with a double damping flywheel (DVA).
Description.
The declutch control has a declutch fork with a ball-joint on the axis.
B2BP047C (1) The ball-joint is screwed into the clutch casing
TRANSMISSION
(2) Declutch fork
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(3) Clutch casing
(4) Bearing
(5) Clutch plate
The clutch control slave cylinder (7) is fixed by two screws (6) into the exterior of the clutch casing.
B2CP3FAC
315
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 316
XSARA - XSARA PICASSO CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS

Engines: KFW - NFU - NFV - 6FZ - RFN - 8HX - 8HZ - 9HY - 9HZ - WJY - RHY - RHZ
NOTE: All the clutches are «push» type with hydraulic control.
Description.
The declutch control has a declutch fork mounted on a ball-joint.

(1) The ball-joint is screwed into the clutch casing
(2) Declutch fork
(3) Clutch casing
(4) Bearing
(5) Clutch plate
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
The clutch control slave cylinder (7) is fixed by two screws (6) onto the exterior of the clutch casing.
CLUTCH
Tightening torques (m.daN).
Fixing of clutch plate/engine flywheel : 2 ± 0,2.

Fixing of clutch control slave cylinder / clutch housing : 2 ± 0,25.
Fixing of engine flywheel/crankshaft
Pre-tightening : 1,75 ± 0,2.
Angular tightening : 75° ± 5°.
Checking torque : 6,3 ± 2,2.
B2BP047C B2BP05SC
316
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 317
HYDRAULIC CLUTCH CONTROL: CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS XSARA PICASSO

Bleeding the hydraulic clutch control
IMPERATIVE: Use only new brake brake fluid that is not emulsified, avoid any
ingress of impurities into the hydraulic circuit.
IMPERATIVE: Do not use automatic bleeding equipment (risk of the brake fluid
emulsifying in the hydraulic circuit).
TRANSMISSION
Couple a transparent tube (5) on the bleed screw, at «c».
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
Submerge the end of the tube (5) in the recipient containing the brake fluid, located
below the level of the clutch slave cylinder.
Use the transparent tube (5) to act as a siphon, at «b».
WARNING: the end of the tube (5) must be submerged in the brake fluid.
Open the bleed screw at «c».
B2BP04XC
317
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 318
XSARA PICASSO HYDRAULIC CLUTCH CONTROL: CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Bleeding the hydraulic clutch control
Action the clutch pedal manually through its full travel: 7 times rapidly down and up.
Allow the clutch pedal to come back up to its high position.
Fill the brake fluid reservoir to the maximum of its capacity.
Open the bleed screw at «c».
Action the clutch pedal manually through its entire travel: 7 times rapidly down and up.
The last time, keep the clutch pedal fully down.
Reclose the bleed screw, at «c».
If necessary, repeat the operation.
C5FP0FQC Top up the brake fluid to the MAX. level of the brake fluid reservoir.
TRANSMISSION
Work the clutch vigorously 40 times.

GEARBOX
Start the engine.

CLUTCH
Apply the handbrake.

Engage a gear.
Check that the clutch starts to engage at a dimension (X) greater than or equal to 45 mm (the dimension (X) is
given as a guide).
Repeat the bleed operations if necessary.
B2BP04YC
318
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 319
TIGHTENING TORQUES: MA/5 GEARBOX C4

Engines: KFU - NFU
(1) Gearbox fixings on engine : 4,5 ± 0,5
(2) Reverse gear switch : 2,5 ± 0,2
(3) Drain plug : 3,3 ± 0,3
(4) 5th gear housing fixing : 2,2 ± 0,2
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
(5) Fixing of gearbox housing and clutch housing : 1,9 ± 0,2
CLUTCH
B2CP3ZHD
319
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 320
C4 TIGHTENING TORQUES: MA/5 GEARBOX

Engines: KFU - NFU
(6) Clutch bearing guide screw : 1 ± 0,1
(7) Bearing retaining clip screw : 1,8 ± 0,2
Intermediate plate fixing : 5 ± 0,5
Hydraulic clutch slave cylinder fixing : 3 ± 0,3

TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
B2CP3ZJD
320
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 321
TIGHTENING TORQUES: MA/5 GEARBOX C4

Engines: KFU - NFU
(8) Gearbox support shaft nut : 6,5 ± 0,6
(9) Screws fixing gearbox support on body : 1,9 ± 0,1
(10) Gearbox support plate nut : 2,5 ± 0,2
(11) Nut fixing gearbox support on body : 1,9 ± 0,1
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
(12) Nut securing rubber bush : 3 ± 0,3
CLUTCH
B2CP3ZKC
321
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 322
XSARA MA/5 GEARBOX SPECIFICATIONS

Engines: KFW - NFU
(23) Clutch bearing guide (3 fixing screws) : 0,6 ± 0,15
(24) Intermediate plate (11 fixing screws) : 5 ± 0,5

TRANSMISSION
(25) Rear cover (3 fixing screws) : 2,2 ± 0,2

GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(26) Bearing retaining clip (4 fixing screws) : 1,8 ± 0,2
(27) Secondary shaft nut (1 nut) : 14 ± 1
(28) Gearbox casing (15 fixing screws) : 1,8 ± 0,2
B2CP167P
322
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 323
MA/5 GEARBOX SPECIFICATIONS XSARA

Engines: KFW - NFU
(29) Top-up plug (x1) : 2,5 ± 0,5
(30) Drain plug (x1) : 2,5 ± 0,5
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
(31) Reverse gear switch (x1) : 2,5 ± 0,5
CLUTCH
B2CP169D
323
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 324
C4 TIGHTENING TORQUES: BE4/5 GEARBOX

Engines: RFN - RFK - 9HX - 9HY - 9HZ
(1) Air vent hole : 1,5 ± 0,2
(2) Reverse gear rocker switch shaft fixing nut : 4,5 ± 0,2
(3) Differential housing fixing nut : 1,5 ± 0,2
(4) Screw fixing (Ø M10) differential housing : 5 ± 0,5
(5) Speedometer drive support : 1,5 ± 0,2

TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
(6) Screw fixing (Ø M7) differential housing : 1,5 ± 0,2

CLUTCH
(7) Drain plug : 3,5 ± 0,2
(8) Level plug : 2,2 ± 0,2
(9) Screw fixing gearbox housing/clutch housing : 1,3 ± 0,2
(10) Screw fixing 5th gear housing : 1,5 ± 0,2

B2CP3ZXD
324
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 325
TIGHTENING TORQUES: BE4/5 GEARBOX C4

(12) Fork shaft stop screw : 1,5 ± 0,2
(13) Differential gearwheel fixing screw : 6 ± 0,5
(14) Bearing stop screw : 1,5 ± 0,2
B2CP3ZYD (15) Secondary shaft nut : 6,5 ± 0,5
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
(16) Primary shaft nut : 7,3 ± 0,5
CLUTCH
(17) Gear control support fixing screw : 1,5 ± 0,2
B2CP3ZZC
325
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 326
C4 TIGHTENING TORQUES: BE4/5 GEARBOX

(18) Stop guide screw : 1,25 ± 0,2
(19) Speedometer fixing screw : 1,5 ± 0,2
(20) Gearbox support shaft nut : 6,5 ± 0,6
(21) Nuts fixing rubber support : 3 ± 0,2
B2CP400C (22) Gearbox rubber support shaft : 5 ± 0,5

TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(23) Screw M10 fixing the engine/gearbox housing support : 6 ± 0,5
(24) Screws M10 fixing the engine/gearbox housing support : 3 ± 0,3
B2CP401C
326
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 327
TIGHTENING TORQUES: BE4/5 GEARBOX XSARA - XSARA PICASSO

Engines: 6FZ - RFN - WJY - 8HX - 8HZ - 9HY - 9HZ - RHY - RHZ
(23) Clutch bearing guide (3 screws) : 1,25 ± 0,2

(24) Clutch housing (13 screws) : 1,3 ± 0,2
(25) Primary shaft nut (1 screw) : 7,25 ± 0,5
(26) Secondary shaft nut (1 screw) : 6,5 ± 0,5
(27) Yoke retaining screw (2 screws) : 1,5 ± 0,2
(28) Differential gearwheel screw (2 screws) : 6,5 ± 0,5
Reverse gear switch (1 screw) : 2,5 ± 0,3
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
(29) Differential housing (4 screws) : 5 ± 0,5
CLUTCH
(30) Breather pipe : 1,7 ± 0,2
(31) Rear housing cover screws (7 screws) : 1,25 ± 0,2
(32) Top-up plug (1 screw) : 2,2 ± 0,2
(33) Differential housing screws (4 screws) : 1,25 ± 0,2
(34) Drain plug (1 screw) : 3,5 ± 0,3
B2CP3BRD
327
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 328
C4 TIGHTENING TORQUES: ML6 GEARBOX

Engine: RHR
(1) Primary shaft screw : 10 ± 1

(2) Bearing guide screw : 2 ± 0,2
(3) Differential gearwheel screw : 7,7 ± 0,3
(4) Secondary shaft screw : 13 ± 1,3
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
B2CP3ZLD
328
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 329
TIGHTENING TORQUES: ML6 GEARBOX C4

Engine: RHR

(6) Level plug : 3 ± 0,2
(7) Drain plug : 3 ± 0,3
(8) Differential bearing stop plate screw : 3 ± 0,3
(9) Screw fixing gearbox housing / clutch housing : 3 ± 0,3
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
(10) 6th gear housing fixing screw : 2 ± 0,2
CLUTCH
(11) Differential housing fixing (screws M8) : 1,8 ± 0,3
(12) Differential housing fixing (screws M10) : 4 ± 0,8
B2CP3ZMP
329
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 330
C4 TIGHTENING TORQUES: ML6 GEARBOX

Engine: RHR
(13) Screws/nuts fixing the gearbox support : 4,5 ± 0,4
(14) Screw fixing the rubber bush : 3 ± 0,3

TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(15) Nut fixing the gearbox casing : 6,5 ± 0,6
B2CP3ZNC
330
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 331
MA/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS C4

Engines: KFU - NFU
Gear controls
The gear selection and engagement cables have no adjustment.
NOTE: The two gear control cables cannot be separated.
(1) Gear engagement ball-joint : Ø 10 mm
(2) Gear engagement control cable
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(3) Gear control lever
(4) Gear selection control cable
(5) Gear selection ball-joint : Ø 10 mm
B2CP3ZCD
331
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 332
C4 MA/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Engines: KFU - NFU
Gear engagement and selection control cables
Length A (mm)
Gear engagement control cable 791,2 ± 2
Length B (mm)
Gear selection control cable 791,2 ± 2

B2CP3ZDD
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
NOTE: The gear engagement cable has a black colour identification on

the sleeve stop at «a».
B2CP3ZEC
332
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 333
MA/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS C4

Engines: KFU - NFU
Features.
Unlocking a sleeve stop:
- Press on the tabs of the clip (6) at «b», using a flat screwdriver.
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
- Disengage the sleeve stops from their supports by pulling upwards.
B2CP3ZFD
333
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 334
XSARA CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS: MA/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Engines: KFW - NFU - 8HX - 8HZ
(1) Gear lever

(2) Gear control bar
(3) Engagement rod
(4) Gear selection rod
(5) Torque reaction rod
(6) Gear engagement ball-joint
(7) Fixed point on gearbox
Adjustment.
TRANSMISSION
The gear control assembly is not adjustable.

GEARBOX
CLUTCH
The rods do not have threaded ends.
Features.
Grease the gear engagement ball-joint.
WARNING: To secure the ball-joints, set the

gearbox control to neutral. After fitting the gear
control assembly, check that all the gears will
engage without any ”tight spot”.
B2CP27WD
334
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 335
BE4/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS C4

Engines: NFU - RFN - RFK - 9HX - 9HY - 9HZ
The gear selection and engagement cables have no

adjustment.
Gear controls.
(1) Gear engagement ball-joint : Ø 10 mm
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(5) Gear selection ball-joint : Ø 10 mm
B2CP3ZOD
335
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 336
C4 BE4/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Length A (mm)
Gear engagement control cable 643 ± 2
Length B (mm)
Gear selection control cable 670 ± 2

TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
NOTE: The gear engagement cable has a black colour identification

on the sleeve stop at «a».
B2CP3Z1C B2CP3Z2C
336
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 337
BE4/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS C4

Features.
Unlocking a sleeve stop:
- Press on the tabs of the clip (6) at «b», using a flat screwdriver.
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
- Disengage the sleeve stops from their supports by pulling upwards.
B2CP3Z3D
337
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 338
XSARA - XSARA PICASSO BE4/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Engines: NFV - 6FZ - RFN - WJY - 8HX - 8HZ - 9HY - 9HZ - RHY - RHZ
(2) Gear engagement control cable (*)
(3) Gear selection control cable (*)
(4) Gear selection ball-joint Ø 10 mm

TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(5) Gear engagement ball-joint Ø 10 mm
(6) Flexible insulating grommet through the bulkhead
(*) = These two cables cannot be separated.
B2CP3BWD
338
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 339
CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS: BE4/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS XSARA - XSARA PICASSO

Engines: NFV - 6FZ - RFN - WJY - 8HX - 8HZ - 9HY - 9HZ - RHY - RHZ
Principles of adjusting the gear controls.
WARNING: Cables should be adjusted each time the gearbox, gear controls or power unit are
removed.
Principles.
Lock the gear lever in neutral position, using tool: 9607-T.
Place the gearbox in neutral.
Couple the cables on the lever.
B2CP3BXC Fit the ball-joints on the gearbox lever.
TRANSMISSION
Lock the cable lengths with the ball-joint locking keys.
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
WARNING: Do not use any tool to unclip the ball-joints.
To unlock the ball-joint, press at the centre «a», then pull the ball-joint upwards.
NOTE: Changing an individual ball-joint is possible as long as the locking key is removed.
Unclip at «b», using two small screwdrivers.
B2CP3BYC
339
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 340
XSARA - XSARA PICASSO CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS: BE4/5 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Engines: NFV - 6FZ - RFN - WJY - 8HX - 8HZ - 9HZ - 9HY - RHY - RHZ
Adjusting the gear controls
Tools.
[1] Tool for positioning the gear lever : 9607-T
Adjustments. Checks.
WARNING: Cables should be adjusted each time Remove the tool [1].
the gearbox, gear controls or power unit are Check that all the gears engage without «tightness».
removed. Check that the gear lever moves identically forwards
and backwards and to right and left.
TRANSMISSION
Inside the vehicle. If it does not, repeat the adjustment.

GEARBOX
Remove the trim under the gear lever. Refit the trim under the gear lever.
CLUTCH
Lock the gear lever in neutral position, using tool [1]. Refit the air filter assembly.
Under the bonnet.

Remove the air filter assembly.
Unlock the ball-joint keys at «a».
Place the gear selection and control levers on neutral.
Lock the cable lengths with the ball-joint locking keys.
B2CP3C6C B2CP3C0C
340
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 341
ML6 GEARBOX CONTROLS C4

Engine: RHR
Gear controls.
(1) Gear engagement ball-joint Ø 10 mm
(2) Gear selection ball-joint Ø 10 mm
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(6) Reverse gear unlocking cable
(7) O-ring seal
(8) Reverse gear unlocking device
B2CP3ZPD
341
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 342
C4 CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS: ML6 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Engine: RHR
Adjustment of the gear selection control cable
Adjustment NO
Length A (mm)
Gear engagement control cable 723 ± 2
Adjustment YES at «b»

TRANSMISSION
Length B (mm)
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
Gear selection control cable 674 ± 2
NOTE: In order to differentiate the two gear control cables when they
have been removed, the gear engagement cable has a black colour
identification on the sleeve stop at «a».
B2CP3ZQD
342
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 343
CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS: ML6 GEARBOX CONTROLS C4

Engine: RHR
Adjustment of the gear selection control cable
Peform the following operations simultaneously:
- Move the cylinder «f» in the direction of the arrow «e».
- Pull the locking key «c» in the direction of the arrow «d».
Check that the gear lever (18) is in the mid position on the control housing (17).
TRANSMISSION
Couple the ball-joint (19).
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
Press on the locking key «c».
IMPERATIVE: Check that all the gears engage.
B2CP3ZWD
343
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 344
RECOMMENDATIONS/PRECAUTIONS : AL4 AUTOMATIC GEARBOX

Precautions to be taken
Repairs on mechanical components. Modification of the oil usage counter value.
Never place the gearbox on the ground without protection. Exchanging the gearbox ECU:
- Note down the gearbox counter value.

In order to avoid breaking the input shaft ring, it is imperative that the - Transfer the value read into the the new gearbox ECU.
converter retaining bracket should be in place when handling the
gearbox. Exchanging the gearbox:
TRANSMISSION
It is imperative to use the centring peg and the converter retaining - Initialise the oil usage counter to 0.
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
bracket to couple the gearbox on the engine.

Draining the gearbox:
After coupling the gearbox on the engine, remove the centring peg. - Initialise the oil usage counter (follow the diagnostic tool procedure).
344
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 345

Procedure to be followed prior to carrying out repairs on AL4 autoactive gearbox
If a gearbox malfunction occurs, there are two possible configurations Oil level (see corresponding operation).
depending on the seriousness of the fault:
- Gearbox in back-up mode with a replacement programme of (the fault An excessive oil level can result in the following consequences:
values are taken in substitution). - Excessive heating of the oil.
- Gearbox in back-up mode with an emergency programme (3rd hydraulic). - Oil leaks.
WARNING: In the emergency programme, an impact is felt when An insufficent level causes the destruction of the gearbox.
changing P/R, N/R and N/D. Top up the level of oil in the gearbox (if necessary).
Réception client. Check using a diagnostic tool.

Discuss with the customer, to find out all the malfunction symptoms. Read the fault codes (engine and gearbox).
TRANSMISSION
Oil quality - Oil level. Absence of fault codes.
GEARBOX
Oil quality. Carry out parameter measures, actuator tests and a road test.
CLUTCH
If the gearbox has suffered a serious fault resulting in a malfunction or
the destruction of a clutch, the oil will overheat and become Presence of fault codes.
contaminated with impurities: the oil is said to be «burnt». Carry out the necessary repairs.
This is characterised by a black colour and the presence of an Delete the fault codes.
unpleasant smell. Carry out a road test to check the repair and, if need be, modify the
gearbox ECU parameters (this is essential after an initialisation of the
ESSENTIAL: The gearbox must be replaced. ECU).
345
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 346

Procedure for initialising the automatic gearbox ECU
Downloading. Updating the value of the oil usage counter.
Updating the gearbox ECU by downloading:

- Follow the procedure using the diagnostic tool. Using PROXIA.
Access to reading and recording of the oil counter is via the menu:
The downloading operation enables the automatic gearbox to be - «Configuration (integrated circuit button)/Oil counter».
updated, or adapted to an evolution of the engine ECU.
Before commencing the downloading, take the value of the oil usage Adjustment of the oil counter value is done in incremental steps of
counter present in the automatic gearbox ECU. 2750 units.
After the downloading operation, carry out the following:

TRANSMISSION
- A clearing of faults. Using LEXIA.

- An initialisation of the auto-adaptives. Access to reading and recording of the oil counter is via the menu:
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
- A writing of the value of the oil usage counter previously read. - «Oil counter».
- A road test.
Adjustment of the oil counter value is done by entering directly
ESSENTIAL: Every update of the automatic gearbox ECU should the 5 figures of the oil counter.
be accompanied by an update of the engine ECU.
346
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 347
TIGHTENING TORQUES: AL4 AUTOMATIC GEARBOX C4 - XSARA - XSARA PICASSO

Engines: NFU - RFJ
(1) Fixing of the electrovalve for modulation of the flow

of oil into the exchanger (EPDE) : 1 ± 0,2
(2) Heat exchanger fixing :5±1
(3) Output speed sensor fixing

B2CP3EDD
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(4) Output speed sensor fixing : 1 ± 0,2
(5) Oil overflow and drain fixing (X = 48 mm) : 0,9 ± 0,2
(6) Oil level plug : 3,3 ± 0,5
(7) Oil pressure sensor fixing : 0,8 ± 0,1
B2CP3X7D
347
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 348
C4 - XSARA - XSARA PICASSO TIGHTENING TORQUES: AL4 AUTOMATIC GEARBOX

Engines: NFU - RFJ
(8) Fixing of converter on diaphragm

Pre-tightening : 1 ± 0,1
Tightening : 3 ± 0,3
(9) Plug fixing : 0,8 ± 0,2
B2CP3EED
TRANSMISSION
(10) Gearbox fixing on engine : 5,2 ± 1

GEARBOX
CLUTCH
Hydraulic block fixing.
Centre the hydraulic block, using screws (11) and (12)

Pre-tighten (no strict order) : 0,9
Slacken : All 7 screws
Tighten (respect the order indicated) : 0,75
NOTE: The screw (11) is shouldered.

B2CP3X8C
348
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 349
TIGHTENING TORQUES: AL4 AUTOMATIC GEARBOX C4 - XSARA - XSARA PICASSO

Engines: NFU - RFJ
(13) Fixing of selector lever position switch : 1,5 ± 0,2
(14) Oil filler plug : 2,4 ± 0,4
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
B2CP3EGC
349
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 350
C4 AL4 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Engines: NFU - RFJ
Gearbox end.
The automatic gearbox is controlled by a cable.
«c» Push-button
(1) Control lever with ball-joint

TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(2) Automatic adjustment

Pull out the button to adjust the control.
Push it in to lock the adjustment of the control.
(3) Sleeve stop
(4) Selection control locking clip (5) on the sleeve stop (3)
B2CP3H8C
350
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 351
RECOMMENDATIONS/PRECAUTIONS: AL4 AUTOMATIC GEARBOX (SHIFT LOCK) C4

Engines: NFU - RFJ
SHIFT LOCK.
The «shift lock» is a system that locks the gear selection lever in position «P».
Unlocking the «SHIFT LOCK» (normal operation).

Press the brake pedal and keep it pressed.
Move the gear selection lever out of position «P».
Unlocking the «SHIFT LOCK» (with an operating fault).

C5FP0NZC
NOTE: It is impossible to unlock the «shift lock» with the «Normal operation»
method.
TRANSMISSION
The fault may originate from one of the following components:
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
- «Shift lock».
- Gear lever position switch.
- Automatic gearbox ECU.
- Electrical harnesses.
- Battery voltage.
Remove:
- The gear lever cover (1) (pull upwards).
- Unlock the «shift lock» by pressing at “a” with the aid of a screwdriver.
- Move the gear selection lever out of position «P».
C5FP0P0C
351
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 352
XSARA PICASSO AL4 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Engines: KFV - RFN
In passenger compartment.
The gear selector is guided by the shape of the stepped gate and by a retaining spring
which pulls it to the left hand side.
The gear selector control has 5 positions.
Position «P»: Park (locking and immobilisation of the vehicle).

Position «R»: Reverse gear.
Position «N»: Neutral.
Position «D»: Drive (use of the 4 gears in their autoadaptive automatic function).
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
Position «M»: Manual (this position lets the driver select his own gears in sequential mode
CLUTCH
by pulling the gear selector to «M-» or pushing it to «M+»).
NOTE: Only the positions «P» or «N» authorise the starting of the engine.
In position «M», selection is by an electronic sensor located close to the gear lever.
The variation of flux necessary to the movement of the sensor cells is obtained by a
magnet located on the lever itself. This enables the change of status.
B2CP3MUD
352
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 353
AL4 GEARBOX CONTROLS C4 - XSARA - XSARA PICASSO

Engines: KFV - RFN
Gearbox end.
«c» or «d» Push-button.
(1) Control lever with ball-joint
TRANSMISSION
(2) Automatic adjustment (pull out the button to adjust the control, push it in to lock the
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
adjustment of the control)
(3) Sleeve stop
(4) Selection control locking clip (5) on the sleeve stop (3)
B2CP3N7C
353
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 354
XSARA AL4 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Engines: NFU - RFN - RHZ
In passenger compartment.
The selector control has 6 positions.
The gear selector is guided by the shape of the stepped gate and by a retaining spring
which pulls it to the left hand side.
Push the lever to the right to exit from position «P».
NOTE: The vehicle is equipped with the «shift lock»: you have to switch on the ignition
and press the brake pedal to unlock the selector lever from position «P».
P: Park (system locked).
R: Reverse gear.
TRANSMISSION
N: Neutral.
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
D: Automatic (1st to 4th gear).

3: Automatic (1st to 3rd gear).
2: Automatic (1st to 2nd gear).
A switch located to the left of the gear control allows the driver to choose from these
programmes:
- Normal: Conventional use of the automatic gearbox.
- Sport: This programme favours performance.
- Snow: In position «D», starting is in 2nd gear for diesel and in 3rd gear for petrol.
NOTE: Only the positions «P» or «N» authorise the starting of the engine.
B2CP3ADC
354
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 355
AL4 GEARBOX CONTROLS XSARA

Gearbox end.
(1) Control lever
TRANSMISSION
(2) Automatic adjustment
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
(3) Sleeve stop
B2CP3AEC
355
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 356
XSARA AL4 GEARBOX CONTROLS

Refitting the gearbox control.
Proceed in the opposite order to removal.
IMPERATIVE: To adjust the gear selection control, place the gear selection lever in the
park position. Press on the component (25) without bending the cable, then release.
TRANSMISSION
GEARBOX
IMPERATIVE: Check that all the gears can engage.

CLUTCH
B2CP3AXC
356
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 357
RECOMMENDATIONS/PRECAUTIONS: AL4 AUTOMATIC GEARBOX (SHIFT LOCK) XSARA

SHIFT LOCK.
NOTE: The «shift lock» is a system that locks the gear selection lever in position «P».

- Switch on the ignition.
- Press the brake pedal and keep it pressed.
C5FP06YC
TRANSMISSION
NOTE: It is impossible to unlock the «shift lock» with the «Normal operation» method.
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
- «Shift lock».
- Battery voltage.
Remove:
- The cover (1).
- Unlock the «shift lock» (2) with the aid of a screwdriver.
C5FP06ZC
357
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 358
XSARA PICASSO RECOMMENDATIONS/PRECAUTIONS: AL4 AUTOMATIC GEARBOX (SHIFT LOCK)

Engine: RFN
SHIFT LOCK.
NOTE: The «shift lock» is a system that locks the gear selection lever in position «P».
- Switch on the ignition.
- Press the brake pedal and keep it pressed.
NOTE: It is impossible to unlock the «shift lock» with the «Normal operation» method.
TRANSMISSION

- «Shift lock».
GEARBOX
CLUTCH

- Battery voltage.
Remove:
- Unlock the «shift lock» by pressing at «a» with a screwdriver placed in the gear
selection control gate.
B2CP3N8C
358
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 359
AL4 GEARBOX CONTROLS XSARA PICASSO

Engine: RFN
Refitting.
Proceed in the opposite order to removal.
Lubricate the support (13).
New gear selection control.
WARNING: Do not deform the selection lever on the automatic gearbox.
Push in the component (a) without bending the cable.
Check all the gear selection control positions.
TRANSMISSION
Re-used gear selection control.
GEARBOX
CLUTCH
Release the component (a).
Push in the component (a) without bending the cable.
Check all the gear selection control positions.
B2CP3NFD
359
Angl.-t2-page306-360-2005 9/01/06 10:20 Page 360
DRIVESHAFTS - GEARBOX
Tightening torques (m.daN) Gearbox oil seal mandrels
Driveshaft Driveshaft
Vehicles Gearbox Engines RH side LH side Toolkit
bearing nut
C4 ET3J4 TU5JP4
MA/5
XSARA TU3JP TU5JP4
EW10/DV6 7114-T.W 7114-T.X 7116-T
C4
All types
BE4/5
XSARA EW7/10J4B DW8
XSARA PICASSO DV6/DW10
ML6 DW10BTED4 9017-T.C 5701-T.A 9017-T
C4
TRANSMISSION
TU5JP4 EW10A 2 ± 0,2 32,5 ± 2,6

GEARBOX
(-) 0338 J1 (-) 0338 H1

CLUTCH
TU5JP EW10J4
XSARA + (-) 0338 J3 (-) 0338 H2
DW10ATED
AL4 Seal extractor
(-). 0338
RH / LH
XSARA PICASSO EW10J4 (-) 0338 C
(-) 0338 J1 (-) 0338 H1
+ (-) 0338 J3 (-) 0338 H2
Tightening torque (m.daN) for wheel bolts.
C4 = 9 ± 1 XSARA = 8,5 ± 0,8 XSARA PICASSO = 10 ± 1
360
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 361
AXLE GEOMETRY C4
Conditions for checking and adjusting
Tools : [1] Gauge for measuring the the wheel radius, 4 bolts : 4300-T.
Tyres inflated to correct pressures. Vehicle at reference height.
Steering rack locked at mid point (see corresponding operation).
Vehicle heights at reference height
E1AP0F3D
Front height Rear height

L1 L2
H1 = R1 - L1 H2 = R2 + L2
SUSPENSION
H1 = Measurement between the measuring zone underneath the front H2 = Measurement between the measuring zone underneath the rear sill
STEERING
and the ground.
AXLES
subframe and the ground.
R1 = Front wheel radius under load. R2 = Rear wheel radius under load.
L1 = Distance between the wheel axis and the measuring zone underneath L2 = Distance between the wheel axis and the measuring zone underneath
the front subframe. the rear sill.
361
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 362
C4 AXLE GEOMETRY
B3CP097D
Measuring front height Measuring rear height

[1] Gauge for measuring the the wheel radius, 4 bolts : 4300-T
Z1 = Measuring zone underneath the front subframe. Z2 = Measuring zone underneath the rear sill.
Measure the radius of the front wheel R1 - Calculate dimension H1 = R1–L1 Measure the radius of the rear wheel R2 - Calculate dimension H2 = R2+ 2
Value at reference All types Value at reference All types (except entreprise CRD
CRD vehicles (*)
height (except CRD) (*) height entreprise et CRD) (*) vehicles vehicle (*)
(+ 10 - 8 mm) L1 = 144 mm L1 = 124 mm (+ 12 - 10 mm) L2 = 68 mm L2 = 48 mm L2 = 88 mm
SUSPENSION
STEERING
(*) = CRD: Difficult road conditions: definition for a type of vehicle with axles and suspension designed for driving on rough roads.
AXLES
Compress the suspension to obtain the calculated values.

The height difference between the two axle dimensions should be less than 10 mm.
362
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 363
AXLE GEOMETRY C4
Front axle
Dissymmetry of lower castor 0° 30'.

Dissymmetry of lower camber 0° 30'.
Distribute symmetrically, LH / RH wheel, the total tracking value.
ET3J4 - TU5JP EW10 EW10DV6

Engines DW10BTED4
DV6 DV6 DW10BTED4
Tyres 195/65 R 15 205/55 R 16 205/50 R 17
Camber
0°
(± 0° 30’)
Castor
No adjustable 5° 5° 09’ 5° 12’
(± 0° 30’)
Pivot angle
11° 41’
(± 0° 30’)
- 2,5 ± 1 mm
Tracking Adjustable
- 0° 23’ ± 0° 09’ - 0° 21’ ± 0° 09’ - 0° 20’ ± 0° 08’
SUSPENSION
STEERING
NOTE
AXLES
A < B = Positive figure: += TOE-IN
NOTE: Front of the vehicle (following arrow).
B3CP02UC A > B = Negative figure: -= TOE-OUT
363
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 364
C4 AXLE GEOMETRY
Rear axle
Dissymmetry of lower camber 0° 30'.
ET3J4 - TU5JP EW10DV6 EW10DV6

Engines
DV6 DW10BTED4 DW10BTED4
Tyres 195/65 R 15 205/55 R 16 205/50 R 17
Camber
No adjustable 1° 45’
(± 0° 30’)
Push angle
0°
(± 0° 06’)
6,5 ± 1 mm
Tracking Adjustable
0° 59’ ± 0° 09’ 0° 55’ ± 0° 09’ 0° 52’ ± 0° 08’
SUSPENSION
STEERING
NOTE
AXLES

NOTE: Front of the vehicle (following arrow).
B3CP02UC A > B = Negative figure: -= TOE-OUT
364
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 365
TIGHTENING TORQUES: FRONT AXLE C4

(1) Nut fixing suspension leg on body : 6,9 ± 0,6
(2) Nut fixing upper damper cup : 6,9 ± 0,6
(3) Upper fixing of anti-roll bar rod : 3,6 ± 0,3
(4) Lower fixing of anti-roll bar rod : 3,6 ± 0,3
(5) Nut fixing pivot lower ball-joint : 4,2 ± 0,4
(6) Fixing of pivot lower ball-joint on pivot : 23 ± 2,3
(7) Hub nut : 32,5 ± 2,6
(8) Steering ball-joint on pivot : 3,5 ± 0,3
(9) Fixing of suspension leg on pivot : 9 ± 0,9
Anti-roll bars
Engines Diameter (mm) Colour
ET3J4 TU5JP - EW10A/J4
21.5 Pink
DV6
SUSPENSION
EW10J4S DW10BTED4 22 White
STEERING
AXLES
B3BP18ZP
365
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 366
C4 TIGHTENING TORQUES: FRONT AXLE
(10) Fixing of subframe extension on body : 5,1 ± 1,2
(11) Fixing of tie-rod on body : 1,8 ± 0,4
(12) Tie-rod screw on front subframe : 9,8 ± 0,9
(13) Fixing of anti-roll bar bearing on subframe : 10,4 ± 1
(14) Fixing of lower suspension arm on subframe : 11,1 ± 1
(15) Fixing of subframe extension on body : 8,5 ± 0,8
(16) Fixing of steering mechanism on subframe : 8 ± 0,8

SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3CP08TD
366
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 367
TIGHTENING TORQUES: REAR AXLE C4

(17) Damper upper fixing : 5,8 ± 0,5
(18) Fixing of yoke on rear axle : 7,6 ± 0,7
(19) Fixing of rear axle yoke on body : 6,2 ± 0,6
(20) Stub axle bearing nut
- Pre-tightening : 9 ± 0,9
- Angular tightening : 29° ± 5°
(21) Damper lower fixing : 6 ± 0,6
(22) Fixing of stub axle carrier on rear axle : 6,3 ± 0,6
Anti-roll bars
Thickness of the
Engines Diameter (mm) crossmember panel
(interior x exterior) (mm)
ET3J4 TU5JP4 EW10A/J4 21x27 5
DV6
EW10J4S 24x30
6
SUSPENSION
STEERING
DW10BTED4 21x27
AXLES
B3DP0BDD
367
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 368
C4 TIGHTENING TORQUES: POWER-ASSISTED STEERING

Steering column
Ref. Description Tightening
1 Fixed central controls steering wheel screw 2,2 ± 0,2
2 Steering column interface nuts
3 Upper nuts 2,2 ± 0,2
4 Lower nuts
5 Fixing of steering cardan on valve stem
B3EP176D
Steering mechanism with integral ram

6 Union of hydraulic pipe on ram 0,8 ± 0,1
7 Fixing of distributor valve on steering mechanism 1,5 ± 0,1
8 Fixing of bracket on distributor valve 2 ± 0,2
9 Union of hydraulic pipe on distributor valve 0,8 ± 0,1
10 Steering ball-joint nut 3,5 ± 0,3
11 Locking nut for adjustment of steering track rods 5,5 ± 0,5
12 Fixing of ball-joint on steering rack 7 ± 0,7
SUSPENSION
13 Stud on steering mechanism 0,8 ± 0,1

STEERING
14 Nut fixing mechanism on subframe 8 ± 0,8

AXLES
B3EP177D
368
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 369
TIGHTENING TORQUES: POWER-ASSISTED STEERING C4

Steering assistance electrovalve
15 Fixing of electrovalve on chassis member 2,3 ± 0,2
16 Screw fixing bracket on electrovalve 2 ± 0,2
17 Fixing of electrovalve on chassis member 2,2 ± 0,2
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP178D
369
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 370
C4 SPECIAL FEATURES: STEERING

Engines: KFU - NFU - RFN - RFJ - RFK - 9HX - 9HY - 9HZ - RHR
Setting the steering rack mid-point
Raise and support the vehicle on a two-column lift.
Remove (on RH side):
- The clip (1).
- The clip (2).
Detach the steering rack protection gaiter.
Setting.
B3EP13UC
Move the steering to full left hand lock.
Measure the dimension X.
Move the steering to full right hand lock.
Measure the dimension Y.
Calculate the dimension : L = (Y - X) : 2.
Position the steering rack to the dimension “L” (mid-point of the steering rack).
Refit:
SUSPENSION
- The protection gaiter.

STEERING
- The clip (1) (new) and the clip (2).

AXLES
B3EP13VD
370
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 371
CHECKING THE POWER STEERING ASSISTANCE PRESSURE C4

Tools.
[1] Pressure gauge : (-).0710.AZ
[2] Checking tube: pressure gauge to tap : (-).0710.B1
[3] Checking tube: high pressure pipe to tap : (-).0710.B2
[4] Checking tube: high pressure pump to tap : (-).0710.B3
[5] 3-way tap : (-).0710.C
[6] Union : (-).0710.J
[7] Union : (-).0710.K
[8] Plugs for checking valve sealing : (-).0710.H
Precautions to be taken.
B3EP16CC
Work with care to avoid entry of polluting particles into the circuit.
NOTE: The correct operation of the system requires perfect cleanliness of the fluid and of the
hydraulic components.
Check:
- The level of the power steering fluid.
- The condition of the piping and unions.
Using the tools.
SUSPENSION
Prepare the checking assembly [1], [2], [3], [4], [5], [6] and [7].
STEERING
Attach the tool [1].
AXLES
Remove the front RH wheel, the splash-shield and the screen wash reservoir.
B3EP16DC
371
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 372
C4 CHECKING THE POWER STEERING ASSISTANCE PRESSURE

Move aside the high pressure pipe (1).
Do up:
- The union [6] on the power steering electropump.
- The union [7] on the high pressure pipe (1).
- Tighten all the unions.
Fill the power steering reservoir 10 mm above the max. level.
IMPERATIVE: Use new power steering fluid for both filling and topping-up the circuit.
Open the tap [5].
Start the engine and allow it to run for 5 seconds.
Stop the engine.
Move the steering several times in each direction.
Check the steering fluid level and make sure that there are no leaks.
Checking the electropump pressure.
Start the engine.
Close the tap [5] for 5 seconds.
Open the tap [5].
Stop the engine.
SUSPENSION
STEERING
At accelerated idle (1200 to 1500 rpm), the pressure should be 105 ± 5 bars.
AXLES
If the electropump pressure is correct, check the valve sealing.

B3EP16EC
372
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 373
CHECKING THE POWER STEERING ASSISTANCE PRESSURE C4

Checking the valve sealing.
Remove the under-engine shield.
Move aside the heat shield from the steering mechanism.
Slacken the unions (2) on the power steering ram.
Uncouple the two supply pipes (3) from the distributor valve and move them aside.
Fit on the distributor valve the two plugs [8], tighten to 0,8 m.daN.
Move the steering slowly from lock to lock, to drain the ram.
Top up the level of the power steering fluid.
Open the tap [5].
Stop the engine.
B3EP16FC Maintain the engine speed at accelerated idle.
Hold the wheels on full lock, first on one side then on the other.
The pressure should adjust to 105 ± 5 bars.
The pressure is correct: replace the steering mechanism.
The pressure is lower than the values above: replace the distributor valve.
Couple the two supply pipes (3) on the distributor valve; tighten to 0,8 m.daN.
Retighten the unions (2) on the power steering ram; tighten to 0,8 m.daN.
Remove the union [7] on the high pressure pipe (1) and the union [6] on the power steering
electropump.
SUSPENSION
STEERING
Refit:
AXLES
- the high pressure pipe (1); tighten to 2 ± 0,2 m.daN.
- the screen wash reservoir, the front RH splash-shield and the front RH wheel.
B3EP16GC
373
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 374
C4 CHECKING THE POWER STEERING ASSISTANCE PRESSURE
Fill the power steering reservoir to the max. mark «a» on the cap (4).
Engine stopped, move the steering slowly from lock to lock, in both directions approx. ten times.
Top up the fluid to the max. mark «a» on the cap (4).
Run the engine at idle for 3 minutes, without any action on the steering wheel.
Move the steering from lock to lock, until there is no longer any tight spot.
Top up the level if it again goes down.
Bleed the circuit by moving the steering several times in each direction.
Top up the level if it again goes down.
IMPERATIVE: Use new power steering fluid for both filling and topping-up the circuit.
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP16HC
374
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 375
AXLE GEOMETRY XSARA

Front and rear measuring points - RPO 8667 #
XSARA ALL TYPES
B3CP06ZD
H1 = Dimension between the centre of the front suspension arm H2 = Dimension between the contact face of the rear mounting and
mounting and the ground. the ground.
R1 = Front wheel radius under load. R2 = Rear wheel radius under load.
SUSPENSION
L1 = Distance between the centre of the wheel and the centre of the L2 = Distance between the centre of the wheel and the contact face of
STEERING
front suspension arm mounting.
AXLES
the rear mounting on the bodyshell.
375
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 376
XSARA AXLE GEOMETRY

Reference heights - RPO 8667 #
Tools [1] Gauge for measuring the radius of wheels with 4 bolts : 4300-T0
B3CP04AD
Setting at reference height

Front axle Rear axle
Measure the dimension «R1». Calculate the dimension H1 = R1 - L1. Measure the dimension «R2». Calculate the dimension H2 = R2 + L2.
All types (except Estates
All types (except CRD version) CRD version Estates CRD version
and CRD version)
SUSPENSION
STEERING
90,5 mm 75,5 mm 83 mm 88 mm 103 mm

AXLES
Compress the suspension to obtain the values (H1) and (H2).

NOTE: The difference in height between the two sides should be less than 10 mm.
376
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 377
AXLE GEOMETRY XSARA

Values of the front and rear suspensions, at reference height - RPO 8667 #
ESSENTIAL: When checking the suspensions, the vehicle should be at reference height.
Tools used.
Compress the suspension, to obtain the values at reference height.
[1] Set of two suspension compressors : 9511-T.A

[2] Set of four straps : 9511-T.B
[3] Set of four shackles : 9511T.C
SUSPENSION
STEERING
NOTE
AXLES
B3CP04LC A > B = Negative figure: –= TOE-OUT
377
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 378
XSARA AXLE GEOMETRY

Values of the front and rear suspensions, at reference height
RPO 8667 #
Front axle
Saloon / Estate Saloon / Estate CRD

Saloon or Entreprise Saloon TU3JP
Tolerances Adjustable All engines (except All engines
All TU3JP engines CRD (*)
TU3JP/CRD) (except TU3JP)
± 1 mm - 1,5 ± 1 mm
Tracking YES
- 0°15' ± 10' (toe-out)
Castor ± 18' 3° 2°55' 2°55'
Pivot angle ± 30' NO 10°40' 10°44' 10°22' 10°26'
Camber ± 30' 0° 0°12' 0°07'
Rear axle
Saloon all engine types Saloon / Estate CRD (*)

Tolerances Adjustable
Saloon entreprise Estate all engine types all engine types
± 1,3 mm 4,54 ± 1,3 mm 4,27 ± 1,3 mm 3,45 ± 1,3 mm

SUSPENSION
Tracking YES
STEERING
0° 41' ± 11' 0° 39' ± 11' 0° 31' ± 10'

AXLES
Camber ± 15' NO - 0°57' - 0°58' - 0°59'

(*) CRD = Difficult road conditions.
378
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 379
AXLE GEOMETRY XSARA
a = Angle which defines the tracking between the front and rear axles.
Its value must not exceed 12'.
Anti-roll bars
SUSPENSION
Engine versions Diameter Colour ref.
STEERING
AXLES
Saloon 19 Blue
ALL TYPES
B3CP04UC
Estate 20 Yellow
379
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 380
XSARA TIGHTENING TORQUES: FRONT AXLE
(1) Damper nut : 4,5 ± 0,4

(2) Cup screw : 2,5 ± 0,3
(3) Suspension leg
(4) Anti-roll bar link rod upper ball-joint : 3,7 ± 0,3
(5) Suspension leg pivot (hollow pivot) : 4,5 ± 0,5
(5) Suspension leg pivot (pivot «H») : 5,5 ± 0,5
(6) Anti-roll bars : 3,7 ± 0,3
(7) Anti-roll bar link rod lower ball-joint
(8) Pivot lower ball-joint : 4 ± 0,4
(9) Driveshaft nut : 32,5 ± 2,5
(10) Wheel bolt : 9±1
(11) Lower arm front mounting : 7,6 ± 0,7
(12) Lower arm rear mounting and anti-roll bar bearing : 6,8 ± 0,6
(13) Screw under rear mounting : 3,1 ± 0,3
(14) Ball-joint fixing on lower arm : 5 ± 0,5
Subframe to bodyshell fixing screw : 8,5 ± 0,8
SUSPENSION
STEERING
Vehicles from RPO 8667 # are all

AXLES
equipped as standard with ventilated

discs.
B3CP040P B3CP041D
380
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 381
REAR AXLE XSARA
B3DP04TC B3DP04UD
Operating clearance - X = 1 to 1.4 mm. - The front silentblocks are aligned at an angle of 45° in relation to the vehicle's axis.
- The rear silentblocks are in parallel with the vehicle's axis.
NOTE: The RH torsion bar can be identified NOTE: There are two suppliers for the silentblocks:
by 1 paint line.
SUSPENSION
- RBT, identified by a Green or Yellow painted dot on the side of the mounting.
STEERING
The LH torsion bar can be identified by 2 paint
AXLES
- PAULSTRA, identified by a Black painted dot on the side of the mounting.
lines.
It is FORBIDDEN to swap components of different suppliers.
381
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 382
XSARA TIGHTENING TORQUES: REAR AXLE
(1) Anti-roll bar lever : 3,2 ± 0,3

(2) Anti-roll bar
(3) Transversal torsion bars
(4) Rear crossmember flanges : 8,3 ± 0,8
(5) Front silentblocks : 5,5 ± 0,5
(6) Rear silentblocks : 4,5 ± 0,4
(7) Anti-vibration clamp
(8) Damper pin : 9,6 ± 0,9
(9) Stub axle nuts (lubricated) : 18,5 ± 1
NOTE:
- The RH torsion bar is identified by 1 paint line.
- The LH torsion bar is identified by 2 paint lines.

SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3DP04SP
382
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 383
TIGHTENING TORQUES: MANUAL STEERING XSARA

Steering wheel - Manual steering
(2) AIRBAG to steering wheel fixing : 0.8
(3) Steering wheel fixing : 3.3
(5) Steering column to support fixing : 2.3
(6) Steering cardan joint fixing : 2.3
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP08PD
383
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 384
XSARA TIGHTENING TORQUES: MANUAL STEERING

Manual steering
(7) Pivot ball-joint nut :4
(8) Link rod lock nut : 4.5
(9) Ball-joint on steering rack :6
(10) Fixing on cradle :5
(11) Plunger flange screws : 1.2

SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP042D
384
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 385
TIGHTENING TORQUES: POWER-ASSISTED STEERING XSARA

Steering wheel - Power steering
(2) AIRBAG to steering wheel fixing : 0.8
(3) Steering wheel fixing : 3.3
(5) Steering column to support fixing : 2.3
(6) Steering cardan joint fixing : 2.3
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP08QD
385
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 386
XSARA TIGHTENING TORQUES: POWER-ASSISTED STEERING

Power steering

(7) Pivot ball-joint nut :4
(8) Link rod lock nut : 4.5
(9) Ball-joint on steering rack :6
(10) Fixing on subframe :5
(11) Hydraulic pipe connection : 2.5
(12) Valve to housing fixing : 1.2
(13) Plunger flange screw : 1.2
(14) Screw fixing the steering ram
to the housing : 5.5
(15) Nut fixing the steering ram
to the yoke : 5.5
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP08RD
386
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 387
TIGHTENING TORQUES: POWER-ASSISTED STEERING XSARA

Power-assisted steering assembly

High pressure tube (rubber seal pump side)
Power-assisted valve and pump union : 2.5
Return pipe.
Power-assisted valve union : 2.5
(16) Upper front fixing (E3) : 2.5
(17) Upper rear fixing (E3) : 2.2
(18) Fixing (E3) : 2.2
Tightening sequence.
Tighten screws (16) and (18).
Lightly tighten screw (17), then fully tighten.
Pressure switch on the pressure circuit.

Switch opens 30 to 35 bars.
Switch closes 25 bars.
SUSPENSION
Tighten to : 2 m.daN.
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP045D
387
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 388
XSARA PICASSO AXLE GEOMETRY

Measurements at reference height
WARNING: The values shown should only be used as guides. In case of doubt, check the settings at reference height
Conditions for checking and adjusting: Tyres inflated to correct pressures. Vehicle at reference height. Steering rack locked at mid point
NOTE: To make the setting of reference height easier, it is acceptable to take the measurement from the flange of the jacking point.
B3CP05BC B3CP058D B3DP079C
H1 = R1 – L1 H1’ = R1 – L1’ H2 = R2 - L2
H1 = From the front suspension arm linkage bolt axis to the ground.
R1 = Radius of the front wheel when laden. H2 = From the rear axle silentblock face to the ground.
L1 = From the centre of the wheel to the front suspension arm linkage R2 = Radius of the rear wheel when laden.
SUSPENSION
L2 = From the centre of the wheel to the rear axle silentblock face.
STEERING
bolt axis.
AXLES
H1' = From the front jacking point to the ground.

L1' = From the front jacking point to the radius of the front wheel when
laden.
388
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 389
AXLE GEOMETRY XSARA PICASSO

Measurements at reference height (the reference height of the vehicle is set as per the table below).
B3CP05BC B3CP05AC B3DP079C
Vehicles all engine versions (except CRD (*))

H1 = R1 – L1 or H1’ = R1 – L1’ H2 = R2 + L2
L1 = 90,5 mm L1’ = 124 mm L2 = 8,5 mm
Value at reference height (-8/+3 mm) Value at reference height (+10/-3 mm)
Measure the radius of the front wheel: R1. Measure the radius of the rear wheel: R2.
Calculate the dimension H1 ou H1’. Calculate the dimension H2.
SUSPENSION
(*) = Difficult road conditions.
STEERING
AXLES
389
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 390

Measurements at reference height (compress the suspension to obtain the calculated values).
Vehicle Tracking Castor Pivot angle Camber Tracking Camber
Adjustable Yes No
0 ± 1 mm 4,8 ± 1,3 mm
ALL TYPES 3° ± 18’ 10°43’ ± 30’ 0° ± 30’ - 1°13’ ± 18’
- 0°09’ à + 0°09’ - 0°43’ ± 0°12’
SUSPENSION
STEERING
NOTE
AXLES

B3CP02UC A > B = Negative figure: –= TOE-OUT
390
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 391
AXLE GEOMETRY XSARA PICASSO

Checks at reference height (the reference height of the vehicle is set as per the table below).
B3CP05BC B3CP05AC B3DP079C
CRD vehicle versions (*)

H1 = R1 – L1 or H1’ = R1 – L1’ H2 = R2 + L2
L1 = 75,5 mm L1’ = 109 mm L2 = 23,5 mm
Measure the radius of the front wheel: R1. Measure the radius of the rear wheel: R2.
Calculate the dimension H1 or H1’. Calculate the dimension H2.
(*) = Difficult road conditions.
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
391
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 392

Measurements at reference height (compress the suspension to obtain the calculated values).

Vehicle Tracking Castor Pivot angle Camber Tracking Camber
Adjustable Yes No
- 1 ± 1 mm 3,7 ± 1,3 mm
ALL TYPES 2°56’ ± 18’ 10°25’ ± 30’ 0°07’ ± 30’ - 1°14’ ± 18’
- 0°18’ à 0°0’ - 0°33’ ± 0°12’
SUSPENSION
STEERING
NOTE
AXLES

B3CP02UC A > B = Negative figure: –= TOE-OUT
392
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 393
TIGHTENING TORQUES: FRONT AXLE XSARA PICASSO

(1) Damper nut : 4.5 ± 0.4
(2) Cup screw : 2.5 ± 0.2
(3) Suspension leg
(4) Anti-roll bar link rod ball-joint : 3.7 ± 0.3
(5) Suspension leg swivel : 4.5 ± 0.4
(6) Anti-roll bar
(7) Anti-roll bar link rod ball-joint : 3.7 ± 0.3
(8) Lower swivel ball-joint : 4 ± 0.4
(9) Hub nut (greased) : 32.5 ± 2
(10) Wheel bolt
B3CP057D (face and threads not greased) : 9±1
(11) Lower arm front pivot : 7.6 ± 0.7
(12) Lower arm rear pivot and
anti-roll bar bearing : 6.8 ± 0.6
(13) Screw under rear pivot : 3.5 ± 0.3
Lower arm in forged steel : 3.7 ± 0,3
Lower arm in plate steel : 3.1 ± 0,3
Screw fixing subframe on bodyshell : 8.5 ± 0,8
Screw fixing ball-joint on lower
arm (plate steel) : 4.5 ± 0,4
Anti-roll bar
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
Engines Diameter Colour ref.
Suspension leg angle:
Tab «a» towards the front. ALL TYPES 21 WHITE
B3CP056P B3CP043D
393
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 394
XSARA PICASSO TIGHTENING TORQUES: REAR AXLE

(14) Front silentblock on subframe : 9.4 ± 0.9
(15) Anti-roll bar bolt : 5.5 ± 0.5
(16) Rear torsion bar
(17) Anti-roll bar
(18) Tubular axle
(19) Front silentblock on bodyshell : 4 ± 0.4
(20) Rear upper arm.
(21) Wheel bolt (face and threads not lubricated) :9±1
(22) Damper
(23) Rear silentblock on subframe : 5.4 ± 0.5
(24) Damper pin nut : 11 ± 1
(25) Stub axle nuts (lubricated) : 25 ± 2
(26) Rear silentblock on bodyshell : 6.5 ± 0.6
Torsion bar Anti-roll bar
Engines Ø (mm) Colour ref. Ø (mm) Colour ref.

SUSPENSION
STEERING
ALL TYPES 19,6 PINK 21 ORANGE

AXLES
NOTE: The RH torsion bar can be identified by 1 paint line.

B3DP078D The LH torsion bar can be identified by 2 paint lines.
394
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 395
TIGHTENING TORQUES: POWER-ASSISTED STEERING XSARA PICASSO
(2) Airbag to steering wheel fixing : 0.8 ± 0.1
(3) Steering wheel fixing : 3.3 ± 0.6
(5) Steering column to support fixing : 4 ± 0.1
(6) Steering cardan joint fixing : 2.3 ± 0.2
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP116D
395
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 396
XSARA PICASSO TIGHTENING TORQUES: POWER-ASSISTED STEERING
(7) Pivot ball-joint nut : 4 ± 0.4

(8) Steering rod adjusting lock nut : 4.5 ± 0.4
(9) Ball-joint on steering rack : 6 ± 0.6
(10) Fixing steering on subframe : 8 ± 0.8
(11) Hydraulic pipe connection : 2.4 ± 0.2
(12) Power steering valve : 1.2 ± 0.2
(13) Plunger flange screws : 1.2 ± 0.2
(14) Steering ram screw on housing : 9±1
(15) Steering ram screw on yoke : 9±1
NOTE: When removing the steering, it is imperative to replace screws

(14) and (15) (new screws).
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP117D
396
Angl.-t2-page361-397-2005 9/01/06 10:22 Page 397
TIGHTENING TORQUES: POWER-ASSISTED STEERING XSARA PICASSO
Unions between pump unions and power steering valve : 2 ± 0.3

(16) Fixing screw : 2.2 ± 0.3
(17) Fixing screw : 2.2 ± 0.3
(18) Fixing screw : 2.2 ± 0.3
NOTE: Coat the threads with product «E3».
A pressure switch is implanted in the hydraulic piping between the high

pressure pump and the power steering valve.
- Opening pressure = 30 / 35 bars.
- Closing pressure = 25 bars minimum.
Tightening torque = 2 ± 0.2.
SUSPENSION
STEERING
AXLES
B3EP118D
397
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 398
BRAKES
C4 BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS
With ABS
ET3J4 TU5JP4 DV6 TU5JP4
Manual Auto.
Master cylinder 22,2 (in valve) (1)
Ø Amplifier 22,86/BOSCH/EVA2 (2) 25,4/ BOSCH/MCT8 (2)
FT mm Supplier/pistons BOSCH/ZOH 54/22 BOSCH/ZOH 54/26
Disc Ventilated 266 283
Disc thickness 22/20 26/24
Brake pad grade FEDERAL MODUL/F769 GALFER/G4554
Ø Cylinder or caliper BOSCH/TRW C38
RR mm Disc Plain 249
Disc thickness 9/7
Brake pad grade GALFER/G4554
(1) AFU system (EBA) = Emergency Brake Assist (incorporated as standard).

(2) AFD system = Automatic lighting of hazard warning lamps on emergency braking (incorporated as standard).
Brake fluid reservoir.
Supplier: BOSCH, brake fluid quality: DOT 4.
The brake fluid reservoir is in 2 parts: the principal reservoir (equipped with a level detector) and a separate reservoir, they are linked by a rislan
pipe by means of a clickfit union.
398
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 399
BRAKES
BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS C4
With ESP
DW10
ET3J4 TU5JP4 EW10A/J4 EW10J4S DV6TED4/ATED4
BTED4
Manual/Automatic
Master cylinder 23,8 (in click) (1)
Ø Amplifier 25,4/ BOSCH/MCT8 (2)
mm Supplier TEVES/F TEVES/F
BOSCH/ZOH 54/26 BOSCH/ZOH 54/26
FT pistons N3 57/26 N3 57/26
Disc Ventilated 283 302 283 302
Disc thickness 26/24
Brake pad grade GALFER/G4554 JURID 976 GALFER/G4554 JURID 976
Ø Cylinder or caliper BOSCH/TRW C38
RR mm Disc Plain 249
Disc thickness 9/7
Brake pad grade GALFER/G4554
(1) AFU system (EBA) = Emergency Brake Assist (incorporated as standard).
(2) AFD system = Automatic lighting of hazard warning lamps on emergency braking (incorporated as standard).
Brake fluid reservoir.
Supplier: BOSCH, brake fluid quality: DOT 4.The brake fluid reservoir is in 2 parts: the principal reservoir (equipped with a level detector) and a
separate reservoir, they are linked by a rislan pipe by means of a clickfit union.
399
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 400
BRAKES
C4 BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS
Braking system.
Braking circuit in the form of an X.
Disc brakes at the front and at the rear

(vehicles all types):
- The front brake discs are ventilated.
- The rear brake discs are plain.
NOTE: The front brake pads have no wear warning

lamp.
Handbrake lever controlled by cables acting on the

rear wheels.
The compensator and main brake limiter functions

are assured by the ABS REF systems.
NOTE: REF = Electronic Brakeforce Distribution (EBD).
B3FP7E1D
400
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 401
BRAKES
TIGHTENING TORQUES: BRAKING SYSTEM C4
Front brakes
1 Front brake disc 1 ± 0,1
2 Yoke on caliper 3 ± 0,3
3 Unions on brake piping 1,5 ± 0,1
4 Caliper on pivot 10,5 ± 1
B3FP7DVD
5 ABS/ESP hydraulic block support on the chassis member 0,2 ± 0,1

6 Wheel sensor 0,8 ± 0,1
B3FP7DWD
401
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 402
BRAKES
C4 TIGHTENING TORQUES: BRAKING SYSTEM
Front brakes
7 Braking amplifier 2,2 ± 0,3
8 Master cylinder on braking amplifier 2 ± 0,5
B3FP7DXD
Parking brake
9 Parking brake lever 1,5 ± 0,2
B3FP7DYC
402
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 403
BRAKES
TIGHTENING TORQUES: BRAKING SYSTEM C4
Rear brakes
10 Unions on brake piping 1,5 ± 0,1
11 Rear brake caliper support 5,3 ± 0,5
12 Rear brake caliper 3 ± 0,3
13 Wheel sensor 0,8 ± 0,1
B3FP7DZC
B3FP7EOC
403
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 404
BRAKES
C4 ABS/ESP HYDRAULIC BLOCK
Components Supplier Type Observations

ABS REF 8.0 Installed under the front LH
Hydraulic block BOSCH
ESP 8.0 chassis member. 4 regulation channels.
B3FP7E3C
The emergency braking control is incorporated in the primary piston at «a».
B3FP7E2D
404
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 405
BRAKES
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT C4
Adjustment.
Raise and support the vehicle.

Remove the central console.
WARNING: Check the routing of the brake cables under the vehicle.
Release the handbrake lever.

B3FP7F1C Press gently on the brake pedal (then repeat the operation 3 times).
Action the handbrake lever with a force of 40 daN.
Use a feeler gauge at «J» to measure the movement of the lever in relation to its stop.
NOTE: The movement should be less than 1,5 mm and more than 0,05 mm.
(1) Nut for adjusting the tension of the handbrake cables

Move the nut (1) to obtain a movement «J» less than or equal to 1,5 mm.
Action the handbrake lever 8 times with a force of 40 daN.
With the handbrake released, check the movement «j» with a feeler gauge.
NOTE: The movement should be less than 1,5 mm and more than 0,05 mm.
Refit the central console (see corresponding operation).
B3FP7F2D Check the efficiency of the handbrake.
405
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 406
BRAKES
C4 BLEEDING AND FILLING THE BRAKING SYSTEM
Tools.
[1] Bleeding apparatus : «LURO» or similar
[2] LEXIA diagnostic tool : 4171-T
[3] PROXIA diagnostic tool : 4165-T
NOTE: Bleeding of the secondary braking circuit is done with the aid of diagnostic tools [2] and [3].
Draining of the brake fluid reservoir.
Remove the screws (3) and the battery tray (2).
Remove the filter of the brake fluid reservoir (4).
Drain the brake fluid reservoir (4) to the maximum extent (if necessary, use a clean syringe).
Remove the screws (1).
Uncouple the clickfit union at «a».
Remove the brake fluid reservoir (4).
B3FP7EQC
406
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 407
BRAKES
BLEEDING AND FILLING THE BRAKING SYSTEM C4
Disconnect the connector «b».
Uncouple the pipe (5).
Remove the reservoir (6), moving aside the tabs «c» of the pins (7).
Clean the brake fluid reservoir (4) and the brake fluid reservoir (6).
Refit the brake fluid reservoir (6).
Couple the pipe (5).
Reconnect the connector «b».
Couple the clickfit union, at «a».
Refit:
- The brake fluid reservoir (4).
B3FP7ERC - The screws (1).
- The filter of the brake fluid reservoir.
- The battery tray.
- The screws (3).
- The battery.
Reconnect the battery.
B3FP7ESD
407
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 408
BRAKES
Filling the braking circuit.
WARNING: Use only the approved and recommended hydraulic fluids.
IMPERATIVE: Only use new brake fluid that has not emulsified; avoid any introduction of
impurities into the hydraulic circuit.
Fill the brake fluid reservoir (4).
Bleeding the primary braking circuit.

WARNING: During the bleed operations: take care to maintain the level of the brake fluid
B3FP7ETC in the reservoir, keep it topped up.
WARNING: The ABS system must not be in action during the bleed operation.
WARNING: Respect the sequence for the opening of the bleed screws.
Front brake caliper : Bleed screw (8).

Rear brake caliper : Bleed screw (9).
Bleed each brake caliper, proceeding in the following sequence:

- Front LH wheel.
- Front RH wheel.
- Rear LH wheel.
- Rear RH wheel.
B3FP7EUC
408
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 409
BRAKES
BLEEDING AND FILLING THE BRAKING SYSTEM C4
Bleeding the braking circuit with the bleed apparatus.
Connect the bleed apparatus [1] on the brake fluid reservoir (4).
Adjust the apparatus pressure to 2 bars.
For each brake circuit:
- Couple a transparent tube on the bleed screw.

- Submerge the other end of the tube in a clean container.
- Open the bleed screw.
- Wait until the brake fluid flows out without air bubbles.
- Close the bleed screw.
- Remove the bleed apparatus [1].
Check the level of the brake fluid (between the «DANGER» level and the «MAXI» level).
Fill if necessary with the the approved and recommended synthetic brake fluid.
409
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 410
BRAKES
Bleeding the braking circuit without the bleed apparatus. Bleeding the secondary braking circuit.
NOTE: Two operators are necessary. WARNING: During the bleed operations: take care to maintain the
level of the brake fluid in the reservoir, keep it topped up.
For each brake circuit:
NOTE: The bleed apparatus [1] is still connected on the brake fluid
- Apply the brake pedal to place the circuit under pressure. reservoir (4).
- Couple a transparent tube on the bleed screw.
- Submerge the other end of the tube in a clean container. Use the diagnostic tools [2] or [3].
- Open the bleed screw.
- Wait until the fluid flows out without air bubbles. Select the menu corresponding to the vehicle:
- Close the bleed screw. - ABS menu (according to equipment).
- ESP menu (according to equipment).
NOTE: Recommence the process a second time if that is necessary.
Follow the instructions of the diagnostic tool.
Check the level of the brake fluid (between the «DANGER» level and
the «MAXI» level). At the end of the bleed programme, check the level of the brake fluid,
top up if necessary.
Fill if necessary with the the approved and recommended synthetic
brake fluid. Check the travel of the brake pedal: it must not be excessive. If it is,
restart the bleed procedure.
410
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 411
BRAKES
BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS XSARA
Estates
DW10
TU3JP TU5JP4 EW10J4 DW8 DV4TD DW10TD
ATED
Master cylinder Without ABS 23,8 (expansion holes) With ABS 23,8 (valve)
Ø Amplifier 228,6
mm Caliper makes/pistons BOSCH 54 LUCAS 57 BOSCH 54
FT Disc Ventilated 266 283 266
Disc thickness/min. thickness 22 / 20
Brake pad grade FERF 769 ASFM 380 FERF 769
Thickness/min. thickness 13 / 2
Ø Drum - Ø min./max. 228 / 230 228 / 230
mm Disc non-ventilated 247 247
Disc thickness/min. thickness 8/6 8/6
Make JURID
RR
Brake lining grade E 558 519 E 558 519
Make/type BOSCH/Load-sensitive compensator
Cut-off pressure in bars 32
Ramp/paint reference 0,3 - White
411
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 412
BRAKES
XSARA ABS/ESP HYDRAULIC BLOCK
Braking system specifications
1
- 'X' braking circuit.
- Front: disc brakes, ventilated (according to model).
- Rear: drum brakes with automatic adjustment.
B3FP09HC - Cable operated handbrake acting on the rear wheels.
(1) Hydraulic valve block «ABS Bosch 5.3» or

2 (1) Hydraulic valve block «ABS Bosch 5.3 REF» or
(1) Hydraulic valve block «ABS with ESP Bosch 5.7».
(2) Load sensitive braking compensator (according to model).
B3FP09JC
412
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 413
BRAKES
(7) Hydraulic block Gyrometer sensor
B3HP002C C4AP17YC
Components Supplier Part no. Observations

IMPERATIVE: Respect the direction of fitting of the gyrometer/
accelerometer sensor (connector towards the rear of the vehicle).
Located on the front WARNING: The gyrometer/accelerometer sensor should not be
ESP hydraulic LH wheelarch:
BOSCH 5.7 ESP subjected to any impact. Any gyrometer/accelerometer sensor
block 4 adjustment channels.
having suffered an impact must be replaced.
Tightening torque (15): 0,6 ± 0,1 m.daN.
413
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 414
BRAKES
XSARA TIGHTENING TORQUES: BRAKING SYSTEM
Tighten the nuts (1) to 2.3 m.daN.
The shaft (2) is held in place by a plastic clip.
B3FP10YD
414
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 415
BRAKES
Braking system without ABS (rear drum brakes) Braking system without ABS (rear disc brakes)
B3FP14FD B3FP14GD
415
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 416
BRAKES
XSARA BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS
Braking system with ABS (rear drum brakes)
B3FP14HD
416
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 417
BRAKES
Braking system with ABS REF (rear disc brakes) Braking system with ABS REF (rear drum brakes)
B3FP14JD B3FP14KD
417
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 418
BRAKES
XSARA BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS
Braking system with ABS REF (rear drum brakes)
B3FP14LD
418
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 419
BRAKES
PARKING BRAKE XSARA
Checking and adjusting the handbrake.
Remove the handbrake console.

Jack up and chock the vehicle with the rear wheels hanging free.
Check the correct routing of the brake cables under the vehicle.
Apply and release the handbrake ten times.
Set the handbrake to the 3rd notch.
Tighten the nut (1) until the rear brakes are applied.
Pull the handbrake lever vigorously 4 to 5 times.
Set the handbrake to the 3rd notch.
Check that the rear brakes are applied.
Check that the wheels can be turned freely by hand with the handbrake
released.
Lower the vehicle.
Refit the handbrake console.
B3FP095D
419
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 420
BRAKES
XSARA BLEEDING THE BRAKING SYSTEM
Bleeding: The brakes can be bled either:
- using brake bleeding equipment, in which case the pressure of the equipment should be set to 2 bars.
- or in the conventional way.
IMPERATIVE order of bleeding
Wheels:
- Rear Right.
- Front Left.
- Rear Left.
- Front Right.
Top up using brake fluid supplied by CITROËN Replacement Parts.
420
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 421
BRAKES
BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS XSARA PICASSO
Mercosur Europe
Without ESP (*)
EW10J4 DW10TD TU5JP+ EW4J4 EW10J4 DW10TD

Master cylinder 23,8
Master-vac/
Master cylinder travel 254/34
Ø
FT mm Caliper makes LUCAS BOSCH
Piston C54/54 ZOH54/54
Disc Ventilated 266
Disc thickness/min. thickness 20,4/18,4 22/20
Makes/brake pad grade JURID/3724 FERODO/769 (37)
Rear brake plates
Supplier/type LUCAS/ENERGIT/C52980
Ø Cylinder or caliper 22,2
mm Drum/Ø max. 228,6/230
RR Make ABEX
Brake lining grade 4930/2
Compensator/supplier/type TEVESITTA (load-sensitive rear braking compensator)
Cut-off pressure in bars 20/61,6
(*) ESP = Electronic Stability Program.
421
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 422
BRAKES
XSARA PICASSO BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS
All Types
With ESP (*)
EW4J4 EW10J4 DV6 DW10TD
Master cylinder 23,8

Ø Master-vac/
254/35
mm Master cylinder travel
FT Caliper makes/pistons BOSCH ZOH54/54
Disc Ventilated 283
Disc thickness/min. thickness 26/24
Brake pad supplier/grade FERODO/769 (37)
Rear brake caliper
TRW C38
Ø Supplier/type
mm Disc plain 247
RR Disc thickness/min. thickness 9/7
Make GALFER
Brake lining grade G 4554
Compensator:
Cut-off pressure in bars On versions with ABS, there is no load-sensitive rear braking compensator
(*) ESP = Electronic Stability Program.
422
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 423
BRAKES
BRAKING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS XSARA PICASSO
Without ABS
B3FP11WD
423
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 424
BRAKES
XSARA PICASSO BRAKING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
With ABS With EPS (Electronic Stability Program)
B3FP7B9D B3FP7BRD
424
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 425
BRAKES
BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS XSARA PICASSO
Braking system specifications
1
- 'X' braking circuit.
- Front: disc brakes, ventilated.
- Rear: drum brakes with automatic adjustment.
B3FP09HC - Cable operated handbrake acting on the rear wheels.

- Load sensitive braking compensator (non ABS versions).
2
(1) Hydraulic valve block «ABS Bosch 5.3» or
(1) Hydraulic valve block + ECU.
(2) Load sensitive braking compensator (according to version).
B3FP08ND
425
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 426
BRAKES
XSARA PICASSO PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment.
Remove the handbrake trim (1).

Unclip the sound-deadening (2).
Raise and support the vehicle with the rear wheels hanging
free.
Check the correct routing of the brake cables under the
vehicle.
Apply and release the handbrake 4 times.
Set the handbrake to the 5th notch.
Tighten the nut (3) until the rear brakes are applied.
Pull the handbrake lever vigorously 4 to 5 times.
Set the handbrake to the 5th notch.
Check that the rear brakes are applied.
With the handbrake released, check that the wheels can be
turned freely by hand.
Lower the vehicle.
Refit the sound-deadening (2) and the handbrake trim (1).
B3FP11XD
426
Angl.-t2-PAGE398-427-2005 9/01/06 10:24 Page 427
BRAKES
BLEEDING THE BRAKING SYSTEM XSARA PICASSO
Tools Bleeding equipment of type «LURO» or similar.
IMPERATIVE: For bleeding the secondary circuit, use ELIT, LEXIA or PROXIA diagnostic tools.
Draining.
Drain the brake fluid reservoir as empty as possible using a syringe.
Disconnect the brake fluid warning lamp connector.
Retrieve the brake fluid reservoir from its supply pipes by pulling upwards.
Finish emptying the reservoir of brake fluid.
Clean the brake fluid reservoir.
Refit the brake fluid reservoir.
Reconnect the brake fluid warning lamp connector.
Filling.
Refill the reservoir with brake fluid.
WARNING: Use only the recommended hydraulic fluids.
Bleeding.
NOTE: Two technicians are required.
IMPERATIVE: During bleed operations, ensure that the level of brake fluid is maintained
in the reservoir and top it up, use only new brake fluid.
Bleed each wheel cylinder, proceeding in the following order:
- Rear right hand wheel.
- Front left hand wheel.
- Rear left hand wheel.
- Front right hand wheel.
427
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 428
AIR CONDITIONING R 134.a (HFC)

Compressor
Refrigerant
Vehicle Engines Date Variable Oil quantity
refill (gr) Oil reference
Capacity cc
All types
SD 7C 12
C4 (except DW10BTED4)
09/04 ➔ 450 ± 25
DW10BTED4 SD 6 C 12
XSARA All types 10/00 ➔ 565 ± 25
135 SP 10
TU5JP + EW7
12/02 ➔ 675 ± 50
XSARA EW10J4 SD 6 V 12
PICASSO DV6TED4 01/04 ➔ 625 ± 50
DW10 12/02 ➔ 675 ± 50
CONDITIONING
AIR
428
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 429
SPECIAL FEATURES: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Compressor lubricant
ESSENTIAL: The compressor lubricant is extremely hygroscopic; always use FRESH oil.
Checking the compressor oil level
There are three specific cases:

- 1/ Repairs to a system without leaks.
- 2/ Slow leak.
- 3/ Fast leak.
1/ Repairing a system without leaks.

a) - Using draining/recovery equipment not fitted with an oil decanter.
- Drain the system as slowly as possible via the LOW PRESSURE valve, so as not to lose any oil.
- No more oil should be added when filling the system with R 134.a fluid.
b) - Using draining/filling equipment fitted with an oil decanter.
- Drain the R 134.a fluid from the system in accordance with the instructions in the equipment handbook.
- Measure the amount of oil recovered.
- Add the same amount of NEW oil when filling the system with R 134.a fluid.
c) - Replacing a compressor.
CONDITIONING
- Remove the old compressor, drain it and measure the oil quantity.
- Drain the new compressor (supplied full), so that the same amount of NEW oil is left in the compressor as was in the old compressor.
AIR
- No more oil should be added when filling the system with R 134.a fluid.
429
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 430
SPECIAL FEATURES: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Checking the compressor oil level (continued)
2/ Slow leak.
Slow leaks do not lead to oil loss, therefore the same procedure should be followed as if there was no leak at all.
3/ Fast leak.
This type of leak causes both oil loss as well as allowing air to enter the system.
It is therefore necessary to:
- Replace the dehydrator.

CONDITIONING
- Drain as much oil as possible (when replacing the faulty component).

AIR
Either before or during filling of the system with R 134.a fluid, introduce 80 cc of NEW oil into the circuit.
When changing one of the following components, add the quantity stated:
- A drying bottle : 15 cc of compressor oil.
- A condenser or an evaporator : 20 cc of compressor oil.
- High pressure or low pressure pipework : 5 cc of compressor oil.
- A drying cartridge : 15 cc of compressor oil.
430
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 431
SPECIAL FEATURES: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a) C4

Pollen filter
Note: The pollen filter is located in the engine compartment

on the RH side.
Removing.
C5HP1C5C Remove: C5HP1C7C

- The plastic cover (2).
- The flap (3).
- The pollen filter (4).
Refitting.
CONDITIONING
Proceed in reverse order.
AIR
C5HP1C6C
431
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 432
XSARA SPECIAL FEATURES: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Pollen filter
Removing-refitting.
Remove:
- The interior trim (1).
- The cover (4).
- The pollen filter (3).
Concerns vehicles equipped with aircon without temperature regulation.

C5HP07JC
Fitting of a new pollen filter necessitates the following operations:

- Engage the pollen filter upwards (following arrow «c»).
- Slide the pollen filter towards the rear (following arrow «d»).
- Position the index (4) on the cover forward of the pollen filter ((4) Index on
the cover).
CONDITIONING
AIR
C5FP075D
432
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 433
SPECIAL FEATURES: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a) XSARA PICASSO

Pollen filter
Remove:
- The three screws (1).
- The cover (2).
Remove the pollen filter.
CONDITIONING
AIR
B1BP23ED
433
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 434
C4 SPECIAL FEATURES: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Changing the filtering/drying cartridge
The condenser (4) has a cylinder acting as a fluid reservoir with a filtering cartridge incorporated in it.
a: Inlet union
CONDITIONING
b: Outlet union
AIR
NOTE: The filtering cartridge cannot be swapped.

C5HP1CKC
434
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 435
SPECIAL FEATURES: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a) XSARA PICASSO

Tools.
[1] Charge station : (according to workshop equipment)

[2] TORX adaptor : TORX 70 FACOM
Removing.
Depressurise the aircon circuit, using tool [1].
Uncouple the hose (2).
Remove:
- The air filter assembly (3).
- The nuts (1).
Protect the radiator harness with strong cardboard cut to the dimensions of the radiator.
Move aside the cooling fan.
CONDITIONING
Remove:
- The screws (4).
AIR
- The brackets (5).
B1BP23FC B1BP23GC
435
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 436
XSARA PICASSO SPECIAL FEATURES: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Move aside the radiator/condenser assembly.

Remove the plug (6), using tool [2].
Support the radiator/condenser assembly thus moved aside.
Remove the filtering/drying cartridge (7), using pliers.
Refitting.
Refit the filtering/drying cartridge (7).
Clean the threads of the plug (6).
It is essntial to change the O-ring seals (8).
Lubricate the O-ring seals (8) with aircon compressor oil.
Refit:
- The plug (6), using tool [2], tighten to 1,4 ± 0,2 m.daN.
- The brackets (5).
- The screws (4).
- The cardboard from the radiator harness.
- The nuts (1).
- The air filter assembly (3).
Couple the hose (2).
Recharge the circuit (R134.a) (according to equipment) (see corresponding
CONDITIONING
operation).
Check the operation of the air conditioning.
AIR
C5HP14NC C5HP14PC C5HP14QC
436
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 437
CHECKING THE EFFICIENCY OF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Outillage EXXOTest
Outillage (flash équipement & matériel).
Exxoclim : 2.4.2-1 Procédure de l’essai.
Mode d’emploi : Voir notice constructeur
Contrôle.
Mettre en place l'outillage (selon notice du constructeur).
Opérations préliminaires.
Fermer tous les aérateurs frontaux.

E5AP2N5D Démarrer le moteur.
Outillage VALEO Ouvrir l'aérateur frontal gauche.
Positionner la commande du répartiteur d'air sur «débit frontal».
Outillage.
Activer la commande «recirculation d'air».
Clim test 2 : 4372-T
Activer la commande "AIR
CONDITIONING ".
Position des commandes de AIR

CONDITIONING :
CONDITIONING
- Commande de température sur froid maxi.
- Commande de pulseur en position vitesse maximum.
AIR
E5AP2N4D
Laisser la AIR
437
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 438
Tools.
[1] Clim test 2 VALEO : 4372-T
Checks.
Position the tool [1] (depending on manufacturer's instructions).

CONDITIONING
AIR
E5AP2ECC
438
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 439

Checking.
Position the tool CLIM TEST II (according to the manufacturer's instructions).
Preliminary operations.
Close all the front air vents.
Start the engine.
Open the front LH air vent.
Position the air distribution control to «frontal flow».
Activate the «air recirculation» control.
Activate the «air conditioning» control.
Positions of the air conditioning controls:

- Temperature control on maximum cold.
- Blower control in maximum speed position.
Let the air conditioning operate for 5 minutes.
E5AP2FAC
439
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 440

Interpretation of the measurements.
«m»: High pressure. «s»: Over-heating (SC).
«n»: High temperature. «t»: Ambient air temperature.
«p»: Under-cooling (SR). «u»: Blown air temperature.
«q»: Low pressure. «v»: Humidity.
«r»: Low temperature. «w»: Temperature T3.
Under-cooling.
The under-cooling represents the difference between the condensation temperature and the aircon
fluid temperature at the aircon condenser outlet.
The under-cooling gives the quantity of aircon fluid (in the liquid state) in the air conditioning circuit.
Values for under-cooling (SR).
Values «p» Origins Solutions
Lack of aircon fluid in the aircon condenser
SR < 2°C
(should be more than 150 grammes)
Add some
Lack of aircon fluid in the aircon condenser aircon fluid
2°C < SR <4°C
(should be around 100 to 150 grammes)
4°C < SR < 10°C/12°C Correct quantity
SR > 10°C/12°C Remove some
CONDITIONING
Excess aircon fluid in the aircon condenser aircon fluid

SR > 15°C
AIR
Blown air temperature «u».

E5AP2FBC The blown air temperature should be between 2°C and 10°C.
440
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 441

Interpretation of the measurements.
«m»: High pressure. «s»: Over-heating (SC).
«n»: High temperature. «t»: Ambient air temperature.
«p»: Under-cooling (SR). «u»: Blown air temperature.
«q»: Low pressure. «v»: Humidity.
«r»: Low temperature. «w»: Temperature T3.
Over-heating (SC).
The over-heating represents the difference between the aircon fluid temperature at the evaporator outlet
and the evaporation temperature.
The over-heating gives the quantity of aircon fluid (in the liquid state) in the air conditioning circuit
Values for over-heating (SC).
Values «s» Origins Solutions
2° < SC < 15°C Correct quantity
Add some
SC > 15°C Lack of aircon fluid in the cooling circuit
aircon fluid
Remove some
SC < 2°C Excess aircon fluid in the cooling circuit
aircon fluid
CONDITIONING
Blown air temperature «u».
The blown air temperature should be between 2°C and 10°C.
AIR
E5AP2FBC
441
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 442

Interpretation of the diagnosis
E5AP2FCD
«x» Check satisfactory

CONDITIONING
«y» Lack of aircon fluid in the aircon circuit

«z» Excess aircon fluid in the aircon circuit
AIR
«aa» Filtering and drying cartridge clogged

«ab» Other problems (see table on previous page)
442
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 443

Aircon circuit diagnosis table
Principal problem Symptom Possible causes
Aircon compressor clutch
Lack of aircon fluid in the aircon circuit
The clutch of the aircon compressor does not Aircon pressostat
engage, or disengages suddenly Aircon evaporator sensor
The aircon compressor does not turn Electrical circuit (wiring, fuses, etc.)
or stops suddenly Auxiliaries drive belt
Aircon compressor
The clutch of the aircon compressor remains Filtering and drying cartridge
engaged and stops suddenly Aircon pressure reducer
Leak of aircon fluid
Aircon compressor clutch
CONDITIONING
AIR
443
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 444

Incorrect adjustment of the aircon compressor
clutch
The clutch of the aircon compressor Aircon fluid quantity
remains engaged Aircon compressor defective
The aircon compressor makes an abnormal Lack of aircon fluid in the aircon circuit
noise Aircon compressor valves defective
The clutch of the aircon compressor Aircon compressor clutch
remains engaged and slips Auxiliaries drive belt
CONDITIONING
AIR
444
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 445

Aircon pressure reducer defective
Low pressure and high pressure too high
Duct clogged
Low pressure too high and high pressure too low Aircon compressor seal defective
Aircon evaporator sensor defective
Low pressure too low and high pressure too high Aircon pressure reducer jammed
Abnormal levels of pressure too high Filtering and drying cartridge obstructed
Duct clogged
Duct clogged
Aircon pressure reducer jammed
Low pressure and high pressure too low
Lack of aircon fluid in the aircon circuit
Aircon compressor defective
CONDITIONING
AIR
445
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 446

Low pressure normal and high pressure too high Presence of air in the aircon circuit
Aircon pressostat defective
Low pressure normal and high pressure too low
Evaporator sensor defective
Abnormal levels of pressure Low pressure too high and high pressure normal Aircon pressure reducer jammed open
Filtering and drying cartridge saturated or
Low pressure too low and high pressure normal clogged
Aircon pressure reducer iced up
Under cooling too weak Lack of aircon fluid
Air conditioning operating in Excess aircon fluid
back-up mode Under cooling excessive Presence of air in the aircon circuit
Filtering and drying cartridge clogged
CONDITIONING
NOTE: In all cases, measure the excessive heating (SC) and the blow air temperature.
AIR
446
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 447
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a) C4

Engines: ET3J4 - TU5JP4
(1) High pressure valve

(2) Low pressure valve
(3) Pressostat (tighten to 0,6 m.daN)
(4) Aircon pressure reducer
(5) Filtering and drying cartridge
(6) Buffer capacity
«a» Outlet and inlet of the aircon pressure reducer, tighten to 0,8 m.daN
«b» Outlet and inlet of the aircon compressor, tighten to 0,7 m.daN
CONDITIONING
AIR
C5HP1BHP
447
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 448
C4 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Engine: EW10J4

(6) Buffer capacity
«c» and «d» Outlet and inlet of the aircon condenser, tighten to 0,6 m.daN
CONDITIONING
AIR
C5HP1BMP
448
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 449

Engines: EW10A - EW10J4S

(6) Buffer capacity
CONDITIONING
AIR
C5HP1BLP
449
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 450
C4 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Engine: DV6

(6) Buffer capacity
CONDITIONING
AIR
C5HP1BNP
450
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 451

Engine: DW10BTED4

(6) Buffer capacity
CONDITIONING
AIR
C5HP1BJP
451
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 452
XSARA AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Engines: TU3JP - TU5JP4 - EW10J4 - DV4TD - DW8B - DW10TD - DW10ATED

(3) Pressostat
(4) Dryer
NOTE: The method of connecting the High Pressure and Low Pressure compressor
pipes may vary according to engine type.
(a) : 0,8
(b) : 4 ± 0,4
CONDITIONING
AIR
C5HP16RP
452
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 453
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a) XSARA PICASSO

Engine: TU5JP+

(3) High pressure clickfit union (tool 8005-T.C)
(4) Low pressure clickfit union (tool 8005-T.A)
(5) Pressostat : 1,8 ± 0,6 m.daN
(6) Filtering/drying cartridge plug
a : 0,8.± 0,1
b : 0,5.± 0,1
c : 1,4 ± 0,2
d : 2,5 ± 0,25
CONDITIONING
AIR
C5HP13PP
453
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 454
XSARA PICASSO AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Engine: EW7J4

a : 0,8.± 0,1
b : 0,5.± 0,1
c : 1,4 ± 0,2
HP/LP compressor flange fixing : 2,5 ± 0,25

CONDITIONING
AIR
C5HP13QP
454
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 455
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a) XSARA PICASSO

Engine: DV6TED4

(3) Dryer
NOTE: The filtering and drying cartridge is removed from under the condenser.
(4) Pressostat
CONDITIONING
AIR
C5HP1AGP
455
Angl.-t2-page428-456-2005 9/01/06 10:25 Page 456
XSARA PICASSO AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (R 134.a)

Engine: DW10

a : 0,8.± 0,1
b : 0,5.± 0,1
c : 1,4 ± 0,2
CONDITIONING
HP/LP compressor flange fixing : 4,2 ± 0,15

AIR
C5HP13RP
456

En Us t2 2005

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

En Us t2 2005

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

En Us t2 2005

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COUV-CARNET-TOME2-2005 9/01/06 10:02 Page 1

The handbook is divided into groups representing the main functions:

The information given in this handbook is based on vehicles marketed in EUROPE.

Please send your comments and suggestions to:

CITROEN U.K. Ltd.

IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE C4

A - Manufacturer's name plate

D - Tyre pressures and tyre type

E - Serial number on bodywork.

F - Gearbox ident. reference - Factory serial no.

G - Engine legislation type - Factory serial no.

C4 IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE

A 3-door saloon Other possible combinations M

IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE XSARA

A - Manufacturer's name plate (estate).

B - Chassis stamp, cold stamp.

C - Manufacturer's name plate (saloon).

E - Serial number (visible through the windscreen).

F - Engine legislation type - Factory serial no.

G - Gearbox ident. reference - Factory serial no.

XSARA IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE

Body shape (2) Automatic 4-speed gearbox U R M N 3 4

IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE XSARA PICASSO

XSARA PICASSO IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE

C XSARA PICASSO Automatic 6-speed gearbox D J N U

IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE BERLINGO

A - Chassis stamp, cold stamp.

B - Manufacturer's vehicle plate.

D - Gearbox ident. reference - Factory serial no.

E - Engine legislation type - Factory serial no.

BERLINGO IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE

Automatic 6-speed gearbox D J N U

OPERATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT AFTER A REPAIR C4

CAPACITIES (in litres)

Drain the sump by gravity.

Stop the engine (allow to stabilise for 5 minutes).

CAPACITIES (in litres) C4

C4 CAPACITIES (in litres)

1.6 HDi 16V 2.0 HDi 16V

Engine type 9HX 9HY 9HZ RHR

Between Min. and Max. 1,55 1,9

NOTE: (*) = Version with additional heating.

CAPACITIES (in litres) XSARA

1.4i 1.6i 16V 2.0i 16V

Engine type KFW NFU RFN

XSARA CAPACITIES (in litres)

1.4 HDi 1.4 16V HDi 1.9D 2.0 HDi

➔ RPO RPO ➔ RPO RPO AUTO.

(1) =➔ RPO 9337 (manual dipstick with two twists).

CAPACITIES (in litres) XSARA PICASSO

1.6i 1.8i 16 V 2.0i 16V 1.6 16V HDi 2.0 HDi

Engine type NFV 6FZ RFN 9HZ 9HY RHY

(1) = With air conditioning.

BERLINGO CAPACITIES (in litres)

1.1i 1.4i 1.6i 16V 1.4i 16V HDi 2.0 HDi

Engine type HFX KFW NFU 9HX WJY RHY

Engine with filter element 3 3,25 3,75 4,5

(1) = Manual dipstick without twists but with a sphere.

LUBRICANTS - TOTAL recommended oils